Version 1.49b.

(DISTCLEANFILES): Remove.
* NEWS: Mention that GNU M4 is now required.  Clarify what is
meant by "larger grammars".  Mention the pt_BR translation.
* configure.in (AC_CHECK_DECLS): Add getenv, getopt.
(AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION): New macro, replacing GETTEXT_VERSION var.
Bump version from 0.11.2 to 0.11.5.
(BISON_PREREQ_STAGE): Remove.
(AM_GNU_GETTEXT): Use external gettext.
(AC_OUTPUT): Remove intl/Makefile.

* config/depcomp, config/install-sh: Sync with Automake 1.6.3.

* data/glr.c: Include string.h, for strlen.
(yyreportParseError): Use size_t for yysize.
(yy_yypstack): No longer nested inside yypstates, as nested
functions are not portable.  Do not assume size_t is the
same width as int.
(yypstates): Do not assume that ptrdiff_t is the same width
as int, and similarly for yyposn and YYINDEX.

* data/yacc.c: Fix comment about `$$ = $1': it can copy garbage.

* lib/Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Do not include from the intl
directory, which has been removed.
* src/Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Likewise.

* lib/Makefile.am (libbison_a_SOURCES): Add unlocked-io.h.
(bitsets_sources, additional_bitsets_sources, timevars_sources):
New vars.

* lib/Makefile.am (libbison_a_SOURCES): Avoid +=, a GNU make extension.
* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Likewise.

* lib/abitset.c (abitset_reverse_list, ebitset_reverse_list):
Do not assume that bitset_windex is the same width as unsigned.

* lib/abitset.c (abitset_unused_clear): Do not assume that
bitset_word is the same width as int.
* lib/bbitset.h (BITSET_INDEX_MAX, BITSET_MSB): Likewise.
* lib/bitset.h (bitset_set, bitset_reset): Likewise.
* lib/bitset_stats.c (bitset_stats_set, bitset_stats_reset): Likewise.
* lib/ebitset.c (ebitset_set, ebitset_reset): Likewise.
* lib/lbitset.c (lbitset_set, lbitset_reset): Likewise.

* lib/abitset.c (abitset_op1): Use -1, not ~0, as memset arg (for
portability to one's complement hosts!).
* lib/ebitset.c (ebitset_op1): Likewise.
* lib/lbitset.c (lbitset_op1): Likewise.

* lib/argmatch.c, lib/quotearg.c, quotearg.h: Sync with GNU tar.
* lib/argmatch.h, lib/basename.c, lib/dirname.c, lib/dirname.h,
lib/hash.c, lib/hash.h, lib/strnlen.c, lib/xmalloc.c:
Sync with fileutils.
* lib/error.c, lib/getopt.c, lib/getopt.h, lib/getopt1.c,
lib/gettext.h: Sync with diffutils.

* lib/memrchr.c, lib/mkstemp.c, lib/strchr.c, lib/strnlen.c,
lib/strspn.c, lib/tempname.c: Use GPL, not LGPL.

* lib/obstack.c, lib/obstack.h: Sync with fileutils, except use
PROTOTYPES to check for prototypes, and "defined __STDC__" to
check for void *.

* lib/bbitset.h (BITSET_WORD_BITS): Now of type unsigned, not
size_t; the old version tried to do this but casted improperly.
(bitset_bindex, bitset_windex): Now size_t, not unsigned long.
(bitset_test): Now returns int, not unsigned long.

* lib/bitset_stats.c: Include "gettext.h".
(_): New macro.
(bitset_stats_set, bitset_stats_reset, bitset_stats_test): Don't
name locals "index", as it generates unnecessary warnings on some
hosts that have an "index" function.

* lib/bitset_stats.c (bitset_stats_print_1, bitset_stats_print,
bitset_stats_read, bitset_stats_write): Wrap strings in _() if
they need translation.
* src/LR0.c (state_list_append, new_itemsets, get_state,
append_states, generate_states): Likewise.
* src/assoc.c (assoc_to_string): Likewise.
* src/closure.c (print_closure, set_firsts, closure): Likewise.
* src/gram.c (grammar_dump): Likewise.
* src/injections.c (injections_compute): Likewise.
* src/lalr.c (lookaheads_print): Likewise.
* src/relation.c (relation_transpose): Likewise.
* src/scan-gram.l: Likewise.
* src/tables.c (table_grow, pack_vector): Likewise.

* m4/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove codeset.m4,
glibc21.m4, isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4, stage.m4.
* m4/malloc.m4, m4/realloc.m4: Sync with diffutils.
* m4/mbstate_t.m4: Sync with fileutils.
* m4/prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): AC_MBSTATE_T -> AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T.

* po/LINGUAS: Add pt_BR.
* po/POTFILES.in: Add src/assoc.c, src/closure.c, src/gram.c,
src/main.c, src/relation.c, src/state.c, lib/bitset_stats.c,
lib/timevar.c.
Use src/parse-gram.y instead of src/parse-gram.c, as the gettext
manual recommends.
Similarly, use src/scan-gram.l instead of src/scan-gram.c.

* src/complain.c (strerror_r): Remove decl; not needed.
(strerror): Use same pattern as ../lib/error.c.

* src/files.c, src/files.h (compute_header_macro): Remove; unused.

* src/gram.c (grammar_dump): Do not assume ptrdiff_t fits in int.

* src/main.c (main): Cast result of bindtextdomain and textdomain
to void, to avoid a GCC warning when --disable-nls is in effect.

* src/scan-gram.l: Use strings rather than escapes when possible,
to minimize the number of warnings from xgettext.
(handle_action_dollar, handle_action_at): Don't use isdigit,
as it mishandles negative chars and it may not work as expected
outside the C locale.

* src/symtab.c (symbol_get): Don't cast LHS of an assignment;
this is a GCC extension and is not portable to other compilers.

* src/system.h (alloca): Use same pattern as ../lib/error.c.
Do not include <ctype.h>; no longer needed.
Do not include <malloc.h>; no longer needed (and generates
warnings on OpenBSD 3.0).

* tests/cxx-type.at (yylex): Do not pass signed char to isupper;
it's not portable.

* tests/regression.at: Do not use 'cc -c input.c -o input';
Sun C rejects this.  Instead, use 'cc -c input.c -o input.o'.

* tests/synclines.at (AC_SYNCLINES_COMPILE): Accept any nonzero
exit status as failure, not just exit status 1.  Sun C exits
with status 2 sometimes.

* tests/torture.at (AT_INCREASE_DATA_SIZE): New macro.
Use it for the two large tests.

.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Makefile
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.log
+config.status
+stamp-h*
+bison-*
+patches
+*.patch *.log log patches applied
+*.prj
+releases
+*.flc
+autom4te.cache
+intl
+Makefile.in
+configure
+config.hin
+aclocal.m4
+ABOUT-NLS
+INSTALL
+COPYING

.project

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+patch_list='Bison Patches <[email protected]>'

AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Authors of GNU Bison.
+
+Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett.
+
+Richard Stallman made it Yacc-compatible.
+
+Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added multicharacter
+string literals and other features.

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

HACKING

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+This file attempts to describe the rules to use when hacking Bison.
+Don't put this file into the distribution.  Don't mention it in the
+ChangeLog.
+
+* Administrivia
+
+** If you incorporate a change from somebody on the net:
+First, if it is a large change, you must make sure they have signed
+the appropriate paperwork.  Second, be sure to add their name and
+email address to THANKS.
+
+** If a change fixes a test, mention the test in the ChangeLog entry.
+
+** Bug reports
+If somebody reports a new bug, mention his name in the ChangeLog entry
+and in the test case you write.  Put him into THANKS.
+
+The correct response to most actual bugs is to write a new test case
+which demonstrates the bug.  Then fix the bug, re-run the test suite,
+and check everything in.
+
+** Visible changes
+Which include serious bug fixes, must be mentioned in NEWS.
+
+
+* Test suite
+
+** make check
+Use liberally.
+
+** Release checks
+Try to run the test suite with more severe conditions before a
+release:
+
+- Configure the package with --enable-gcc-warnings, so that one checks
+  that 1. Bison compiles cleanly, 2. the parsers it produces compile
+  cleanly too.
+
+- Change tests/bison to run `valgrind -q bison' to run Bison under
+  Valgrind.
+
+- Run the test suite with `./testsuite PREPARSER='valgrind -q' to make
+  sure the parser behave properly.
+
+- Change tests/atlocal/CFLAGS to add your preferred options.  For
+  instance, `-traditional' to check that the parsers are K&R.  Note
+  that it does not make sense for glr.c, which should be ANSI,
+  but currently is actually GNU C, nor for lalr1.cc, which anyway is
+  not exercised yet in the test suite.
+
+- Change tests/atlocal/CC to use a C++ compiler.
+
+
+* Release Procedure
+
+** Tests
+See above.
+
+** Update the foreign files
+Running `make update' in the top level should make it all for you.
+This covers PO files too.  Beware that it happens that some PO files
+contain serious problems and are rejected by recent Gettext releases:
+fix them all, and complain to the Translation Project!
+
+Note that there might be *new* PO files.  Don't forget to update the
+whole machinery, which not only includes LINGUAS, but `cvs add'ing the
+PO files too.
+
+** Update NEWS
+The version number, *and* the date of the release (including for
+betas).
+
+** Update ChangeLog
+Should have an entry similar to `Version 1.49b.'.
+Check all this in once `make distcheck' passes.
+
+** make alpha
+Running `make alpha' is absolutely perfect for beta releases: it makes
+the tarballs, the xdeltas, and prepares (in /tmp/) a proto
+announcement.  It is so neat, that that's what I use anyway for
+genuine releases, but adjusting things by hand (e.g., the urls in the
+announcement file, the ChangeLog which is not needed etc.).
+
+If it fails, you're on your own...
+
+It requires GNU Make.
+
+** Upload
+Put the tarballs/xdeltas where they should be.  Or put it somewhere,
+and send the URL to [email protected].
+
+** Bump the version number
+In configure.ac.  Run `make', check this in.
+
+** Announce
+Complete/fix the announcement file, and send it at least to
+[email protected] (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
+[email protected], and [email protected].
+
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.

Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc m4 tests
+
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
+
+
+## ---------------------------- ##
+## Customizing Makefile.maint.  ##
+## ---------------------------- ##
+
+move_if_change = $(srcdir)/config/move-if-change
+prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
+release_archive_dir = releases
+
+# Uploading betas.
+hosts = alpha
+alpha_host = alpha.gnu.org
+alpha_url_dir = gnu/bison
+
+# Files to update automatically.
+wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
+	     $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
+
+cvs_files = $(srcdir)/config/missing

Makefile.in

@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for bison
-# Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1993 Bob Corbett and Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# 
-# This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
-# 
-# Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-# 
-# Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-# 
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-# the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-#### Start of system configuration section. ####
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-CC = @CC@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MAKEINFO = makeinfo
-
-# Things you might add to DEFS:
-# -DSTDC_HEADERS	If you have ANSI C headers and libraries.
-# -DHAVE_STRING_H	If you don't have ANSI C headers but have string.h.
-# -DHAVE_MEMORY_H	If you don't have ANSI C headers and have memory.h.
-# -DHAVE_STRERROR	If you have strerror function.
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-
-# Some System V machines do not come with libPW.  If this is true, use
-# the GNU alloca.o here.
-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-
-# where the installed binary goes
-bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
-
-# where the parsers go
-datadir = $(prefix)/share
-
-# where the info files go
-infodir = $(prefix)/info
-
-# where manual pages go and what their extensions should be
-mandir = $(prefix)/man/man$(manext)
-manext = 1
-
-# hope this works on non-gnu makes.
-bison_version = `sed -e '/version_string/!d' -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' -e q version.c`
-
-#### End of system configuration section. ####
-
-DISTFILES = COPYING ChangeLog Makefile.in configure configure.in \
-    REFERENCES bison.1 bison.rnh configure.bat \
-    bison.simple bison.hairy \
-    LR0.c allocate.c closure.c conflicts.c derives.c \
-    files.c getargs.c gram.c lalr.c lex.c main.c nullable.c \
-    output.c print.c reader.c reduce.c symtab.c version.c \
-    warshall.c files.h gram.h lex.h machine.h alloc.h state.h \
-    symtab.h system.h types.h bison.cld build.com vmsgetargs.c \
-    vmshlp.mar README INSTALL NEWS bison.texinfo bison.info* texinfo.tex \
-    getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c alloca.c mkinstalldirs install-sh
-
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-# This rule allows us to supply the necessary -D options
-# in addition to whatever the user asks for.
-.c.o:
-	$(CC) -c $(DEFS) -I$(srcdir)/../include $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $<
-
-# names of parser files
-PFILE = bison.simple
-PFILE1 = bison.hairy
-
-PFILES = -DXPFILE=\"$(datadir)/$(PFILE)\" \
-	 -DXPFILE1=\"$(datadir)/$(PFILE1)\"
-
-OBJECTS = LR0.o allocate.o closure.o conflicts.o derives.o files.o	\
-	  getargs.o gram.o lalr.o lex.o					\
-	  main.o nullable.o output.o print.o reader.o reduce.o symtab.o	\
-	  warshall.o version.o						\
-	  getopt.o getopt1.o $(ALLOCA)
-
-all: bison bison.info bison.s1
-
-Makefile: config.status Makefile.in
-	CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
-
-config.status: configure
-	./config.status --recheck
-
-configure: configure.in
-	cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
-
-# Copy bison.simple, inserting directory name into the #line commands.
-bison.s1: bison.simple
-	-rm -f bison.s1
-	sed -e "/^#line/ s|bison|$(datadir)/bison|" -e "s/@bison_version@/$(bison_version)/" < $(srcdir)/$(PFILE) >  $@-tmp
-	mv $@-tmp $@
-
-clean:
-	rm -f *.o core bison bison.s1 config.status config.log
-
-mostlyclean: clean
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile
-
-realclean: distclean
-	rm -f TAGS *.info*
-
-# Most of these deps are in case using RCS.
-install: all bison.1 $(srcdir)/$(PFILE) $(srcdir)/$(PFILE1) installdirs uninstall
-	$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) bison $(bindir)/bison
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) bison.s1 $(datadir)/$(PFILE)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$(PFILE1) $(datadir)/$(PFILE1)
-	cd $(srcdir); for f in bison.info*; \
-	do $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(infodir)/$$f; done
-	-$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/bison.1 $(mandir)/bison.$(manext)
-
-# Make sure all installation directories, e.g. $(bindir) actually exist by
-# making them if necessary.
-installdirs:
-	-sh $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) $(libdir) $(infodir) $(mandir)
-
-uninstall:
-	rm -f $(bindir)/bison
-	-cd $(datadir); rm -f $(PFILE) $(PFILE1)
-	rm -f $(mandir)/bison.$(manext) $(infodir)/bison.info*
-
-check:
-	@echo "No checks implemented (yet)."
-
-bison: $(OBJECTS)
-	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) $(LIBS)
-
-# We don't use $(srcdir) in this rule
-# because it is normally used in the master source dir
-# in which configure has not been run.
-dist: bison.info
-	echo bison-$(bison_version) > .fname
-	-rm -rf `cat .fname`
-	mkdir `cat .fname`
-	dst=`cat .fname`; for f in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	 if test -L $$f; then \
-	   cp $$f $$dst/$$f; chmod a-w $$dst/$$f; \
-	 else \
-	   ln $$f $$dst/$$f; \
-	 fi \
-	done
-	tar --gzip -chf `cat .fname`.tar.gz `cat .fname`
-	-rm -rf `cat .fname` .fname
-
-bison.info: bison.texinfo
-	$(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/bison.texinfo
-
-TAGS: *.c *.h
-	etags *.c *.h
-
-# This file is different to pass the parser file names to the compiler.
-files.o: files.c
-	$(CC) -c $(PFILES) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
-	   $(srcdir)/files.c $(OUTPUT_OPTION)
-
-LR0.o: system.h machine.h alloc.h gram.h state.h
-allocate.o: system.h
-closure.o: system.h machine.h alloc.h gram.h
-conflicts.o: system.h machine.h alloc.h files.h gram.h state.h
-derives.o: system.h alloc.h types.h gram.h
-files.o: system.h files.h alloc.h gram.h
-getargs.o: system.h files.h
-lalr.o: system.h machine.h types.h state.h alloc.h gram.h
-lex.o: system.h files.h symtab.h lex.h
-main.o: system.h machine.h
-nullable.o: system.h types.h gram.h alloc.h
-output.o: system.h machine.h alloc.h files.h gram.h state.h
-print.o: system.h machine.h alloc.h files.h gram.h state.h
-reader.o: system.h files.h alloc.h symtab.h lex.h gram.h
-reduce.o: system.h machine.h files.h alloc.h gram.h
-symtab.o: system.h alloc.h symtab.h gram.h
-warshall.o: system.h machine.h
-
-# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV.
-.NOEXPORT:

Makefile.maint

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+# -*-Makefile-*-
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils,
+# CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.
+
+## Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+##
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+##
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best'
+
+CVS = cvs
+
+prev_version_file ?= .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]')
+tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
+this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
+prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+my_distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+# Old releases are stored here.
+# Used for diffs and xdeltas.
+release_archive_dir ?= ../release
+
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Updating files.  ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+WGET = wget
+ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+
+# Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
+move_if_change ?= move-if-change
+
+# ------------------- #
+# Updating PO files.  #
+# ------------------- #
+
+po_repo = http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/maint/$(PACKAGE)
+.PHONY: do-po-update po-update
+do-po-update:
+	tmppo=/tmp/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)-po &&\
+	rm -rf $$tmppo && \
+	mkdir $$tmppo && \
+	(cd $$tmppo && $(WGET) -r -l1 -nd --no-parent -A '*.po' $(po_repo)) &&\
+	cp $$tmppo/*.po po
+	cd po && $(MAKE) update-po
+	$(MAKE) po-check
+
+po-update:
+	if test -d "po"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) do-po-update; \
+	fi
+
+# -------------------------- #
+# Updating GNU build tools.  #
+# -------------------------- #
+
+# The following pseudo table associates a local directory and a URL
+# with each of the files that belongs to some other package and is
+# regularly updated from the specified URL.
+wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config.guess $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+              $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
+	      $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+wget-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
+
+config.guess-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+config.sub-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+
+ansi2knr.c-url_prefix = ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost/
+
+texinfo.tex-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/
+
+standards.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+
+target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
+url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))
+
+.PHONY: $(wget-targets)
+$(wget-targets):
+	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
+	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)
+
+.PHONY: wget-update
+wget-update: $(wget-targets)
+
+
+# Updating tools via CVS.
+cvs_files ?= depcomp missing
+cvs-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(cvs_files))
+
+automake_repo = :pserver:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: $(cvs-targets)
+$(cvs-targets):
+	$(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$(notdir $(target)) \
+	  >$(target).t \
+	    && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target);
+
+.PHONY: cvs-update
+cvs-update: $(cvs-targets)
+
+
+# --------------------- #
+# Updating everything.  #
+# --------------------- #
+
+.PHONY: update
+update: wget-update cvs-update po-update
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Sanity checks.  ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Checks that don't require cvs.  Run `changelog-check' last as
+# previous test may reveal problems requiring new ChangeLog entries.
+local-check: po-check copyright-check writable-files changelog-check
+
+changelog-check:
+	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
+po-check:
+	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
+	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
+	  grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2; \
+	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
+	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
+	fi
+
+# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
+writable-files:
+	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
+	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
+	fi
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+# Make sure that the copyright date in lib/version-etc.c is up to date.
+copyright-check:
+	@if test -f lib/version-etc.c; then \
+	  grep 'N_("Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' lib/version-etc.c \
+	    >/dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $<; update it' 1>&2; exit 1; }; \
+	fi
+
+
+# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
+cvs-tag-check:
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
+	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+cvs-diff-check:
+	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
+	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
+	else						  	\
+	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
+	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
+	  exit 1;						\
+	fi
+
+cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
+
+maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+
+
+## -------------- ##
+## Making dists.  ##
+## -------------- ##
+
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
+cvs-dist: local-check cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
+	$(CVS) update po
+	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOM4TE=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
+# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
+# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
+# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
+# treated as a failure.
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+
+# This must be the same name on both hosts.
+# Make it a symlink that points to the right place.
+real_dir = fetish-ftp
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,$(hosts),ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+
+tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	$(WGET) -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
+GZIP = gzip
+BZIP2 = bzip2
+$(my_distdir).tar.bz2: $(my_distdir).tar.gz
+	$(GZIP) -dc $< > $(my_distdir).tar
+	rm -f $@
+	$(BZIP2) -9 $(my_distdir).tar
+
+rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the compressed tar files:"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
+	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
+	)
+
+define emit-rsync-commands
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+	echo 'for host in $(a_host) $(b_host); do \'
+	echo '  rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(my_distdir).tar.bz2 \'
+	echo '    $(my_distdir).tar.gz $$host:$(real_dir); done'
+	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+endef
+
+$(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
+	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :
+
+alpha:
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) $(xd-delta)
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
+	ln $(rel-files) $(release_archive_dir)
+	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	$(CVS) ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
+	@$(emit-rsync-commands)

NEWS

@@ -1,11 +1,364 @@
 Bison News
 ----------
 
-Change in version 1.25:
+Changes in version 1.49b, 2002-08-12:
+
+* GLR parsing
+  The declaration
+     %glr-parser
+  causes Bison to produce a Generalized LR (GLR) parser, capable of handling
+  almost any context-free grammar, ambiguous or not.  The new declarations
+  %dprec and %merge on grammar rules allow parse-time resolution of
+  ambiguities.  Contributed by Paul Hilfinger.
+
+* Output Directory
+  When not in Yacc compatibility mode, when the output file was not
+  specified, runnning `bison foo/bar.y' created `foo/bar.c'.  It
+  now creates `bar.c'.
+
+* Undefined token
+  The undefined token was systematically mapped to 2 which prevented
+  the use of 2 from the user.  This is no longer the case.
+
+* Unknown token numbers
+  If yylex returned a code out of range, yyparse could die.  This is
+  no longer the case.
+
+* Error token
+  According to POSIX, the error token should be numbered as 256.
+  Bison extends this requirement by making it a preference: *if* the
+  user specified that one of her tokens is numbered 256, then error
+  will be mapped onto another number.
+
+* Verbose error messages
+  They no longer report `..., expecting error or...' for state where
+  error recovery is possible.
+
+* End token
+  Defaults to `$end' instead of `$'.
+
+* Error recovery now conforms to documentation and to POSIX
+  When a Bison-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it now pops
+  the stack until it finds a state that allows shifting the error
+  token.  Formerly, it popped the stack until it found a state that
+  allowed some non-error action other than a default reduction on the
+  error token.  The new behavior has long been the documented behavior,
+  and has long been required by POSIX.  For more details, please see
+  <http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-bison/2002-May/001452.html>.
+
+* Traces
+  Popped tokens and nonterminals are now reported.
+
+* Larger grammars
+  Larger grammars are now supported (larger token numbers, larger grammar
+  size (= sum of the LHS and RHS lengths), larger LALR tables).
+  Formerly, many of these numbers ran afoul of 16-bit limits;
+  now these limits are 32 bits on most hosts.
+
+* Explicit initial rule
+  Bison used to play hacks with the initial rule, which the user does
+  not write.  It is now explicit, and visible in the reports and
+  graphs as rule 0.
+
+* Useless rules
+  Before, Bison reported the useless rules, but, although not used,
+  included them in the parsers.  They are now actually removed.
+
+* Useless rules, useless nonterminals
+  They are now reported, as a warning, with their locations.
+
+* Rules never reduced
+  Rules that can never be reduced because of conflicts are now
+  reported.
+
+* Incorrect `Token not used'
+  On a grammar such as
+
+           %token useless useful
+           %%
+           exp: '0' %prec useful;
+
+  where a token was used to set the precedence of the last rule,
+  bison reported both `useful' and `useless' as useless tokens.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31
+  as they caused too many portability hassles.
+
+* Default locations
+  By an accident of design, the default computation of @$ was
+  performed after another default computation was performed: @$ = @1.
+  The latter is now removed: YYLLOC_DEFAULT is fully responsible of
+  the computation of @$.
+
+* Token end-of-file
+  The token end of file may be specified by the user, in which case,
+  the user symbol is used in the reports, the graphs, and the verbose
+  error messages instead of `$end', which remains being the default.
+  For instance
+     %token YYEOF 0
+  or
+     %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
+
+* Semantic parser
+  This old option, which has been broken for ages, is removed.
+
+* New translations
+  Brazilian Portuguese, thanks to Alexandre Folle de Menezes.
+  Croatian, thanks to Denis Lackovic.
+
+* Incorrect token definitions
+  When fed with `%token 'a' "A"', Bison used to output `#define 'a' 65'.
+
+* Token definitions as enums
+  Tokens are output both as the traditional #define's, and, provided
+  the compiler supports ANSI C or is a C++ compiler, as enums.
+  This helps debuggers producing symbols instead of values.
+
+* Reports
+  In addition to --verbose, bison supports --report=THINGS, which
+  produces additional information:
+  - itemset
+    complete the core item sets with their closure
+  - lookahead
+    explicitly associate lookaheads to items
+  - solved
+    describe shift/reduce conflicts solving.
+    Bison used to systematically output this information on top of
+    the report.  Solved conflicts are now attached to their states.
+
+* Type clashes
+  Previous versions don't complain when there is a type clash on
+  the default action if the rule has a mid-rule action, such as in:
+
+      %type <foo> bar
+      %%
+      bar: '0' {} '0';
+
+  This is fixed.
+
+* GNU M4 is now required when using Bison.
+
+Changes in version 1.35, 2002-03-25:
+
+* C Skeleton
+  Some projects use Bison's C parser with C++ compilers, and define
+  YYSTYPE as a class.  The recent adjustment of C parsers for data
+  alignment and 64 bit architectures made this impossible.
+
+  Because for the time being no real solution for C++ parser
+  generation exists, kludges were implemented in the parser to
+  maintain this use.  In the future, when Bison has C++ parsers, this
+  kludge will be disabled.
+
+  This kludge also addresses some C++ problems when the stack was
+  extended.
+
+
+Changes in version 1.34, 2002-03-12:
+
+* File name clashes are detected
+  $ bison foo.y -d -o foo.x
+  fatal error: header and parser would both be named `foo.x'
+
+* A missing `;' at the end of a rule triggers a warning
+  In accordance with POSIX, and in agreement with other
+  Yacc implementations, Bison will mandate this semicolon in the near
+  future.  This eases the implementation of a Bison parser of Bison
+  grammars by making this grammar LALR(1) instead of LR(2).  To
+  facilitate the transition, this release introduces a warning.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31, as they caused too
+  many portability hassles.
+
+* DJGPP support added.
+
+* Fix test suite portability problems.
+
+Changes in version 1.33, 2002-02-07:
+
+* Fix C++ issues
+  Groff could not be compiled for the definition of size_t was lacking
+  under some conditions.
+
+* Catch invalid @n
+  As is done with $n.
+
+Changes in version 1.32, 2002-01-23:
+
+* Fix Yacc output file names
+
+* Portability fixes
+
+* Italian, Dutch translations
+
+Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:
+
+* Many Bug Fixes
+
+* GNU Gettext and %expect
+  GNU Gettext asserts 10 s/r conflicts, but there are 7.  Now that
+  Bison dies on incorrect %expectations, we fear there will be
+  too many bug reports for Gettext, so _for the time being_, %expect
+  does not trigger an error when the input file is named `plural.y'.
+
+* Use of alloca in parsers
+  If YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA is defined to 0, then the parsers will use
+  malloc exclusively.  Since 1.29, but was not NEWS'ed.
+
+  alloca is used only when compiled with GCC, to avoid portability
+  problems as on AIX.
+
+* When the generated parser lacks debugging code, YYDEBUG is now 0
+  (as POSIX requires) instead of being undefined.
+
+* User Actions
+  Bison has always permitted actions such as { $$ = $1 }: it adds the
+  ending semicolon.  Now if in Yacc compatibility mode, the semicolon
+  is no longer output: one has to write { $$ = $1; }.
+
+* Better C++ compliance
+  The output parsers try to respect C++ namespaces.
+  [This turned out to be a failed experiment, and it was reverted later.]
+
+* Reduced Grammars
+  Fixed bugs when reporting useless nonterminals.
+
+* 64 bit hosts
+  The parsers work properly on 64 bit hosts.
+
+* Error messages
+  Some calls to strerror resulted in scrambled or missing error messages.
+
+* %expect
+  When the number of shift/reduce conflicts is correct, don't issue
+  any warning.
+
+* The verbose report includes the rule line numbers.
+
+* Rule line numbers are fixed in traces.
+
+* Swedish translation
+
+* Parse errors
+  Verbose parse error messages from the parsers are better looking.
+  Before: parse error: unexpected `'/'', expecting `"number"' or `'-'' or `'(''
+     Now: parse error: unexpected '/', expecting "number" or '-' or '('
+
+* Fixed parser memory leaks.
+  When the generated parser was using malloc to extend its stacks, the
+  previous allocations were not freed.
+
+* Fixed verbose output file.
+  Some newlines were missing.
+  Some conflicts in state descriptions were missing.
+
+* Fixed conflict report.
+  Option -v was needed to get the result.
+
+* %expect
+  Was not used.
+  Mismatches are errors, not warnings.
+
+* Fixed incorrect processing of some invalid input.
+
+* Fixed CPP guards: 9foo.h uses BISON_9FOO_H instead of 9FOO_H.
+
+* Fixed some typos in the documentation.
+
+* %token MY_EOF 0 is supported.
+  Before, MY_EOF was silently renumbered as 257.
+
+* doc/refcard.tex is updated.
+
+* %output, %file-prefix, %name-prefix.
+  New.
+
+* --output
+  New, aliasing `--output-file'.
+
+Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:
+
+* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optionnal argument which is the
+  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change, they do not take any
+  argument.
+
+* `%source_extension' and `%header_extension' are removed, failed
+  experiment.
+
+* Portability fixes.
+
+Changes in version 1.29, 2001-09-07:
+
+* The output file does not define const, as this caused problems when used
+  with common autoconfiguration schemes.  If you still use ancient compilers
+  that lack const, compile with the equivalent of the C compiler option
+  `-Dconst='.  autoconf's AC_C_CONST macro provides one way to do this.
+
+* Added `-g' and `--graph'.
+
+* The Bison manual is now distributed under the terms of the GNU FDL.
+
+* The input and the output files has automatically a similar extension.
+
+* Russian translation added.
+
+* NLS support updated; should hopefully be less troublesome.
+
+* Added the old Bison reference card.
+
+* Added `--locations' and `%locations'.
+
+* Added `-S' and `--skeleton'.
+
+* `%raw', `-r', `--raw' is disabled.
+
+* Special characters are escaped when output.  This solves the problems
+  of the #line lines with path names including backslashes.
+
+* New directives.
+  `%yacc', `%fixed_output_files', `%defines', `%no_parser', `%verbose',
+  `%debug', `%source_extension' and `%header_extension'.
+
+* @$
+  Automatic location tracking.
+
+Changes in version 1.28, 1999-07-06:
+
+* Should compile better now with K&R compilers.
+
+* Added NLS.
+
+* Fixed a problem with escaping the double quote character.
+
+* There is now a FAQ.
+
+Changes in version 1.27:
+
+* The make rule which prevented bison.simple from being created on
+  some systems has been fixed.
+
+Changes in version 1.26:
+
+* Bison now uses automake.
+
+* New mailing lists: <[email protected]> and <[email protected]>.
+
+* Token numbers now start at 257 as previously documented, not 258.
+
+* Bison honors the TMPDIR environment variable.
+
+* A couple of buffer overruns have been fixed.
+
+* Problems when closing files should now be reported.
+
+* Generated parsers should now work even on operating systems which do
+  not provide alloca().
+
+Changes in version 1.25, 1995-10-16:
 
 * Errors in the input grammar are not fatal; Bison keeps reading
 the grammar file, and reports all the errors found in it.
-		
+
 * Tokens can now be specified as multiple-character strings: for
 example, you could use "<=" for a token which looks like <=, instead
 of chosing a name like LESSEQ.
@@ -42,3 +395,28 @@ Changes in version 1.22:
 Changes in version 1.20:
 
 Output file does not redefine const for C++.
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: outline
+End:
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Autoconf.
+
+GNU Autoconf is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Autoconf is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with autoconf; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

POTFILES.in

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# List of files which contain translatable strings.
-# Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# Package source files
-allocate.c
-closure.c
-conflicts.c
-derives.c
-getargs.c
-lalr.c
-lex.c
-main.c
-nullable.c
-output.c
-print.c
-reader.c
-reduce.c
-
-# Common library files
-getopt.c

README

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 This directory contains the Bison parser generator.
 
 See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions.
+See the file doc/FAQ for frequently asked questions.
 
 It was once true that, when installing Bison on Sequent (or Pyramid?)
 systems, you had to be in the Berkeley universe.  This may no longer
@@ -10,6 +11,14 @@ On VMS, you will probably have to create Makefile from Makefile.in by
 hand.  Remember to do `SET COMMAND BISON' to install the data in
 `BISON.CLD'.
 
-Send bug reports to [email protected].  Please include the
-version number from `bison --version', and a complete, self-contained
-test case in each bug report.
+VMS and MS-DOS builds are probably broken right now.  If you are able
+to build Bison on either platform and you need to make changes to do
+so, please submit those changes as a bug report.
+
+Send bug reports to [email protected].  Please include the version
+number from `bison --version', and a complete, self-contained test
+case in each bug report.
+
+If you have questions about using Bison which the documentation does
+not answer, send mail to [email protected].
+

README-alpha

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+-*- text -*-
+
+This is a test release of this package.  Using it more or less
+implicitly signs you up to help us find whatever problems you report.
+
+The documentation still needs more work.  Suggestions welcome.
+Patches even more welcome.
+
+Please send comments and problem reports about this test release to
+[email protected].  This program will get better only if you report
+the problems you encounter.
+
+Please, *do not package this*, *do not distribute it* widely, it is
+not ready for full scale use.  Because it is not fully functional, if
+you distribute this package, we will be buried under bug reports from
+panicked users.  We don't have time to spend on this, and nor do the
+users.

README-cvs

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+These notes intend to help people working on the CVS versions of
+Bison.
+
+* Requirements
+
+Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
+maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to the maintainer
+tools we depend upon:
+
+- Automake 1.6 or 1.6.1
+
+- Autoconf 2.53a or better
+  ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.53a.tar.gz   (992 kB)
+  ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.53a.tar.bz2  (756 kB)
+
+- Gettext 0.11.3 pre 2 or better
+  http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/gettext-0.11.3-pre2.tar.gz
+
+Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
+later, a plain `cvs update -P & make' should be sufficient.
+
+* First CVS checkout
+
+Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
+Bison from CVS.  For the records, you will find all the relevant
+information on:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=56
+
+The next step is asking the installation of all the missing files:
+
+	$ ./bootstrap
+
+And there you are!  Just
+
+	$ ./configure && make && make check
+
+At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
+and the CVS master copy:
+
+	$ cvs diff
+
+should output no difference, except maybe the date in po/*.po files.
+
+Enjoy!
+
+* Troubleshooting
+
+Unfortunately the current Gettext still does not include all the
+needed tools so that the bootstrapping always perform successfully.
+
+If you experiment problems, I suggest the following:
+
+1. Do a regular CVS checkout
+
+2. Fetch a recent tarball.
+   http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/bison-1.49b.tar.gz
+
+3. Extract it
+
+4. Override the content of your checkout with the content of this
+   tarball, i.e.:
+   cp -r bison-1.49b/* bison-cvs
+
+5. Proceed on ./configure && make etc.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

THANKS

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett.  It would not be what
+it is today without the invaluable help of these people:
+
+Airy Andre		[email protected]
+Akim Demaille		[email protected]
+Albert Chin-A-Young	[email protected]
+Alexander Belopolsky	[email protected]
+Andreas Schwab		[email protected]
+Arnold Robbins		[email protected]
+Benoit Perrot		[email protected]
+Bruce Lilly		[email protected]
+Cris Bailiff		[email protected]
+Cris van Pelt		[email protected]
+Daniel Hagerty		[email protected]
+David J. MacKenzie	[email protected]
+Dick Streefland		[email protected]
+Enrico Scholz		[email protected]
+Evgeny Stambulchik	[email protected]
+Fabrice Bauzac		[email protected]
+Florian Krohm		[email protected]
+H. Merijn Brand		[email protected]
+Hans Aberg		[email protected]
+Jesse Thilo		[email protected]
+Jim Meyering		[email protected]
+Juan Manuel Guerrero	[email protected]
+Kees Zeelenberg		[email protected]
+Keith Browne		[email protected]
+Laurent Mascherpa	[email protected]
+Magnus Fromreide	[email protected]
+Marc Autret		[email protected]
+Matt Kraai		[email protected]
+Michael Hayes		[email protected]
+Mike Castle		[email protected]
+Neil Booth		[email protected]
+Nelson H. F. Beebe	[email protected]
+Nicolas Burrus		[email protected]
+Nicolas Tisserand	[email protected]
+Noah Friedman		[email protected]
+Pascal Bart		[email protected]
+Paul Eggert		[email protected]
+Paul Hilfinger		[email protected]
+Per Allansson		[email protected]
+Peter Hámorský		[email protected]
+Piotr Gackiewicz	[email protected]
+R Blake			[email protected]
+Raja R Harinath		[email protected]
+Richard Stallman	[email protected]
+Robert Anisko		[email protected]
+Shura			[email protected]
+Tim Josling		[email protected]
+Tom Lane		[email protected]
+Tom Tromey		[email protected]
+Wayne Green		[email protected]
+Wolfram Wagner		[email protected]
+Wwp			[email protected]
+Zack Weinberg		[email protected]
+
+Many people are not named here because we lost track of them.  We
+thank them!  Please, help us keeping this list up to date.
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: text
+End:

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+* URGENT: Documenting C++ output
+Write a first documentation for C++ output.
+
+
+* Documentation
+Before releasing, make sure the documentation refers to the current
+`output' format.
+
+
+* Error messages
+Some are really funky.  For instance
+
+	type clash (`%s' `%s') on default action
+
+is really weird.  Revisit them all.
+
+
+* read_pipe.c
+This is not portable to DOS for instance.  Implement a more portable
+scheme.  Sources of inspiration include GNU diff, and Free Recode.
+
+
+* value_components_used
+Was defined but not used: where was it coming from?  It can't be to
+check if %union is used, since the user is free to $<foo>n on her
+union, doesn't she?
+
+
+* Report
+
+**  GLR
+How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions?  In particular,
+what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead, but one is
+part of $default.  Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
+keep $default?  See the following point.
+
+** Disabled Reductions
+See `tests/conflicts.at (Defaulted Conflicted Reduction)', and decide
+what we want to do.
+
+** Documentation
+Extend with error productions.  The hard part will probably be finding
+the right rule so that a single state does not exhibit too many yet
+undocumented ``features''.  Maybe an empty action ought to be
+presented too.  Shall we try to make a single grammar with all these
+features, or should we have several very small grammars?
+
+** --report=conflict-path
+Provide better assistance for understanding the conflicts by providing
+a sample text exhibiting the (LALR) ambiguity.  See the paper from
+DeRemer and Penello: they already provide the algorithm.
+
+
+* Extentions
+
+** yyerror, yysymprint interface
+It should be improved, in particular when using Bison features such as
+locations, and YYPARSE_PARAMS.  For the time being, it is recommended
+to #define yyerror and yyprint to steal internal variables...
+
+** Several %unions
+I think this is a pleasant (but useless currently) feature, but in the
+future, I want a means to %include other bits of grammars, and _then_
+it will be important for the various bits to define their needs in
+%union.
+
+When implementing multiple-%union support, bare the following in mind:
+
+- when --yacc, this must be flagged as an error.  Don't make it fatal
+  though.
+
+- The #line must now appear *inside* the definition of yystype.
+  Something like
+
+	{
+	#line 12 "foo.y"
+	  int ival;
+	#line 23 "foo.y"
+	  char *sval;
+	}
+
+* Unit rules
+Maybe we could expand unit rules, i.e., transform
+
+	exp: arith | bool;
+	arith: exp '+' exp;
+	bool: exp '&' exp;
+
+into
+
+	exp: exp '+' exp | exp '&' exp;
+
+when there are no actions.  This can significantly speed up some
+grammars.  I can't find the papers.  In particular the book `LR
+parsing: Theory and Practice' is impossible to find, but according to
+`Parsing Techniques: a Practical Guide', it includes information about
+this issue.  Does anybody have it?
+
+
+
+* Documentation
+
+** History/Bibliography
+Some history of Bison and some bibliography would be most welcome.
+Are there any Texinfo standards for bibliography?
+
+
+
+
+* Coding system independence
+Paul notes:
+
+	Currently Bison assumes 8-bit bytes (i.e. that UCHAR_MAX is
+	255).  It also assumes that the 8-bit character encoding is
+	the same for the invocation of 'bison' as it is for the
+	invocation of 'cc', but this is not necessarily true when
+	people run bison on an ASCII host and then use cc on an EBCDIC
+	host.  I don't think these topics are worth our time
+	addressing (unless we find a gung-ho volunteer for EBCDIC or
+	PDP-10 ports :-) but they should probably be documented
+	somewhere.
+
+
+
+* --graph
+Show reductions.	[]
+
+* Broken options ?
+** %no-lines		[ok]
+** %no-parser		[]
+** %pure-parser		[]
+** %token-table		[]
+** Options which could use parse_dquoted_param ().
+Maybe transfered in lex.c.
+*** %skeleton		[ok]
+*** %output		[]
+*** %file-prefix	[]
+*** %name-prefix	[]
+
+** Skeleton strategy.	[]
+Must we keep %no-parser?
+	     %token-table?
+*** New skeletons.	[]
+
+* src/print_graph.c
+Find the best graph parameters.	[]
+
+* doc/bison.texinfo
+** Update
+informations about ERROR_VERBOSE.	[]
+** Add explainations about
+skeleton muscles.	[]
+%skeleton.		[]
+
+* testsuite
+** tests/pure-parser.at	[]
+New tests.
+
+* input synclines
+Some users create their foo.y files, and equip them with #line.  Bison
+should recognize these, and preserve them.
+
+* BTYacc
+See if we can integrate backtracking in Bison.  Contact the BTYacc
+maintainers.
+
+** Keeping the conflicted actions
+First, analyze the differences between byacc and btyacc (I'm referring
+to the executables).  Find where the conflicts are preserved.
+
+** Compare with the GLR tables
+See how isomorphic the way BTYacc and the way the GLR adjustements in
+Bison are compatible.  *As much as possible* one should try to use the
+same implementation in the Bison executables.  I insist: it should be
+very feasible to use the very same conflict tables.
+
+** Adjust the skeletons
+Import the skeletons for C and C++.
+
+** Improve the skeletons
+Have them support yysymprint, yydestruct and so forth.
+
+
+* Precedence
+
+** Partial order
+It is unfortunate that there is a total order for precedence.  It
+makes it impossible to have modular precedence information.  We should
+move to partial orders (sounds like series/parallel orders to me).
+
+This will be possible with a Bison parser for the grammar, as it will
+make it much easier to extend the grammar.
+
+** Correlation b/w precedence and associativity
+Also, I fail to understand why we have to assign the same
+associativity to operators with the same precedence.  For instance,
+why can't I decide that the precedence of * and / is the same, but the
+latter is nonassoc?
+
+If there is really no profound motivation, we should find a new syntax
+to allow specifying this.
+
+** RR conflicts
+See if we can use precedence between rules to solve RR conflicts.  See
+what POSIX says.
+
+
+* $undefined
+From Hans:
+- If the Bison generated parser experiences an undefined number in the
+character range, that character is written out in diagnostic messages, an
+addition to the $undefined value.
+
+Suggest: Change the name $undefined to undefined; looks better in outputs.
+
+
+* Default Action
+From Hans:
+- For use with my C++ parser, I transported the "switch (yyn)" statement
+that Bison writes to the bison.simple skeleton file. This way, I can remove
+the current default rule $$ = $1 implementation, which causes a double
+assignment to $$ which may not be OK under C++, replacing it with a
+"default:" part within the switch statement.
+
+Note that the default rule $$ = $1, when typed, is perfectly OK under C,
+but in the C++ implementation I made, this rule is different from
+$<type_name>$ = $<type_name>1. I therefore think that one should implement
+a Bison option where every typed default rule is explicitly written out
+(same typed ruled can of course be grouped together).
+
+Note: Robert Anisko handles this.  He knows how to do it.
+
+
+* Warnings
+It would be nice to have warning support.  See how Autoconf handles
+them, it is fairly well described there.  It would be very nice to
+implement this in such a way that other programs could use
+lib/warnings.[ch].
+
+Don't work on this without first announcing you do, as I already have
+thought about it, and know many of the components that can be used to
+implement it.
+
+
+* Pre and post actions.
+From: Florian Krohm <[email protected]>
+Subject: YYACT_EPILOGUE
+To: [email protected]
+X-Sent: 1 week, 4 days, 14 hours, 38 minutes, 11 seconds ago
+
+The other day I had the need for explicitly building the parse tree. I
+used %locations for that and defined YYLLOC_DEFAULT to call a function
+that returns the tree node for the production. Easy. But I also needed
+to assign the S-attribute to the tree node. That cannot be done in
+YYLLOC_DEFAULT, because it is invoked before the action is executed.
+The way I solved this was to define a macro YYACT_EPILOGUE that would
+be invoked after the action. For reasons of symmetry I also added
+YYACT_PROLOGUE. Although I had no use for that I can envision how it
+might come in handy for debugging purposes.
+All is needed is to add
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen, yyloc, (yylsp - yylen));
+#else
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+at the proper place to bison.simple. Ditto for YYACT_PROLOGUE.
+
+I was wondering what you think about adding YYACT_PROLOGUE/EPILOGUE
+to bison. If you're interested, I'll work on a patch.
+
+* Move to Graphviz
+Well, VCG seems really dead.  Move to Graphviz instead.  Also, equip
+the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

bison.simple

@@ -1,760 +0,0 @@
-/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
-#line 3 "bison.simple"
-/* This file comes from bison-@bison_version@.  */
-
-/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
-   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
-   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
-   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
-   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
-
-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
-  when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
-  It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
-  used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
-
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#ifdef alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* alloca not defined */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else /* not GNU C.  */
-#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else /* not sparc */
-/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C.  */
-/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
-   since that symbol is in the user namespace.  */
-#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
-#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
-	 instead, just don't use alloca.  */
-#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#if defined(_AIX)
-/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
-   So I turned it off.   rms, 2 May 1997.  */
-/* #include <malloc.h>  */
- #pragma alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
-#if 0
-#ifdef __hpux /* [email protected] says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
-		 and on HPUX 10.  Eventually we can turn this on.  */
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif /* __hpux */
-#endif
-#endif /* not _AIX */
-#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#endif /* not sparc */
-#endif /* not GNU C */
-#endif /* alloca not defined */
-#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
-
-#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-#else
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-#endif
-
-/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
-   It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
-   as one case of the switch.  */
-
-#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
-#define YYEMPTY		-2
-#define YYEOF		0
-#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
-   This remains here temporarily to ease the
-   transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
-   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
-#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
-#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
-#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
-do								\
-  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
-    { yychar = (token), yylval = (value);			\
-      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
-      YYPOPSTACK;						\
-      goto yybackup;						\
-    }								\
-  else								\
-    { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; }	\
-while (0)
-
-#define YYTERROR	1
-#define YYERRCODE	256
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-#define YYLEX		yylex()
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
-#endif
-#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval)
-#endif
-#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#endif
-
-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-
-int	yychar;			/*  the lookahead symbol		*/
-YYSTYPE	yylval;			/*  the semantic value of the		*/
-				/*  lookahead symbol			*/
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-YYLTYPE yylloc;			/*  location data for the lookahead	*/
-				/*  symbol				*/
-#endif
-
-int yynerrs;			/*  number of parse errors so far       */
-#endif  /* not YYPURE */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-int yydebug;			/*  nonzero means print parse trace	*/
-/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
-   from coexisting.  */
-#endif
-
-/*  YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks	*/
-
-#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
-#define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/*  YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
-    (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used).  */
-
-#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-#undef YYMAXDEPTH
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-/* Define __yy_memcpy.  Note that the size argument
-   should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
-   definitions require.  With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
-   of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int.  */
-
-#if __GNUC__ > 1		/* GNU C and GNU C++ define this.  */
-#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)	__builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
-#else				/* not GNU C or C++ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
-   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
-     char *to;
-     char *from;
-     unsigned int count;
-{
-  register char *f = from;
-  register char *t = to;
-  register int i = count;
-
-  while (i-- > 0)
-    *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#else /* __cplusplus */
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
-   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
-{
-  register char *t = to;
-  register char *f = from;
-  register int i = count;
-
-  while (i-- > 0)
-    *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#line 216 "bison.simple"
-
-/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
-   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
-   It should actually point to an object.
-   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
-   to the proper pointer type.  */
-
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#else /* not __cplusplus */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-#endif /* not __cplusplus */
-#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-
-/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-int yyparse (void *);
-#else
-int yyparse (void);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-int
-yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
-     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-{
-  register int yystate;
-  register int yyn;
-  register short *yyssp;
-  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-  int yyerrstatus;	/*  number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
-  int yychar1 = 0;		/*  lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
-
-  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the state stack			*/
-  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the semantic value stack		*/
-
-  short *yyss = yyssa;		/*  refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
-  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;	/*  to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the location stack			*/
-  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
-  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
-#else
-#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
-#endif
-
-  int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-  int yyfree_stacks = 0;
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
-  int yychar;
-  YYSTYPE yylval;
-  int yynerrs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  YYLTYPE yylloc;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  YYSTYPE yyval;		/*  the variable used to return		*/
-				/*  semantic values from the action	*/
-				/*  routines				*/
-
-  int yylen;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
-#endif
-
-  yystate = 0;
-  yyerrstatus = 0;
-  yynerrs = 0;
-  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
-
-  /* Initialize stack pointers.
-     Waste one element of value and location stack
-     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
-     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
-
-  yyssp = yyss - 1;
-  yyvsp = yyvs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp = yyls;
-#endif
-
-/* Push a new state, which is found in  yystate  .  */
-/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
-   have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
-yynewstate:
-
-  *++yyssp = yystate;
-
-  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
-    {
-      /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
-      /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
-      YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
-      short *yyss1 = yyss;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
-#endif
-
-      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
-      int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-#ifdef yyoverflow
-      /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
-	 the data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
-	 but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
-      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
-		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
-		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
-		 &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
-		 &yystacksize);
-#else
-      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
-		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
-		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
-		 &yystacksize);
-#endif
-
-      yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      yyls = yyls1;
-#endif
-#else /* no yyoverflow */
-      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
-      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
-	{
-	  yyerror("parser stack overflow");
-	  if (yyfree_stacks)
-	    {
-	      free (yyss);
-	      free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-	      free (yyls);
-#endif
-	    }
-	  return 2;
-	}
-      yystacksize *= 2;
-      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
-	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-      yyfree_stacks = 1;
-#endif
-      yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
-      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
-		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
-      yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
-      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
-		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
-      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
-		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
-#endif
-#endif /* no yyoverflow */
-
-      yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
-      yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
-#endif
-
-      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
-	YYABORT;
-    }
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
-#endif
-
-  goto yybackup;
- yybackup:
-
-/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
-/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
-/* yyresume: */
-
-  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
-
-  yyn = yypact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
-
-  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
-     or a valid token in external form.  */
-
-  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
-    {
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
-#endif
-      yychar = YYLEX;
-    }
-
-  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
-
-  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
-    {
-      yychar1 = 0;
-      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
-#endif
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	{
-	  fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
-	     of a token, for further debugging info.  */
-#ifdef YYPRINT
-	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
-#endif
-	  fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
-  yyn += yychar1;
-  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  yyn = yytable[yyn];
-
-  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
-     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
-     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
-       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
-       just return success.
-     0, or most negative number => error.  */
-
-  if (yyn < 0)
-    {
-      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-	goto yyerrlab;
-      yyn = -yyn;
-      goto yyreduce;
-    }
-  else if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
-  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
-  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
-  if (yychar != YYEOF)
-    yychar = YYEMPTY;
-
-  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
-  /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status.  */
-  if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
-
-  yystate = yyn;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-/* Do the default action for the current state.  */
-yydefault:
-
-  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-/* Do a reduction.  yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
-yyreduce:
-  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-  if (yylen > 0)
-    yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    {
-      int i;
-
-      fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
-	       yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
-
-      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
-      for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
-      fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
-    }
-#endif
-
-$   /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
-#line 542 "bison.simple"
-
-  yyvsp -= yylen;
-  yyssp -= yylen;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp -= yylen;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    {
-      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
-      fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
-      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
-	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
-      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
-    }
-#endif
-
-  *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp++;
-  if (yylen == 0)
-    {
-      yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
-      yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
-      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
-      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
-      yylsp->text = 0;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
-      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
-     Determine what state that goes to,
-     based on the state we popped back to
-     and the rule number reduced by.  */
-
-  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
-  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
-  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
-    yystate = yytable[yystate];
-  else
-    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
-
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-yyerrlab:   /* here on detecting error */
-
-  if (! yyerrstatus)
-    /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
-    {
-      ++yynerrs;
-
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
-      yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
-      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
-	{
-	  int size = 0;
-	  char *msg;
-	  int x, count;
-
-	  count = 0;
-	  /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck.  */
-	  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
-	       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
-	    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
-	      size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
-	  msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
-	  if (msg != 0)
-	    {
-	      strcpy(msg, "parse error");
-
-	      if (count < 5)
-		{
-		  count = 0;
-		  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
-		       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
-		    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
-		      {
-			strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
-			strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
-			strcat(msg, "'");
-			count++;
-		      }
-		}
-	      yyerror(msg);
-	      free(msg);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
-	}
-      else
-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
-	yyerror("parse error");
-    }
-
-  goto yyerrlab1;
-yyerrlab1:   /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
-
-  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
-    {
-      /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it.  */
-
-      /* return failure if at end of input */
-      if (yychar == YYEOF)
-	YYABORT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-      if (yydebug)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
-      yychar = YYEMPTY;
-    }
-
-  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
-     after shifting the error token.  */
-
-  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
-
-  goto yyerrhandle;
-
-yyerrdefault:  /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
-
-#if 0
-  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
-     should shift them.  */
-  yyn = yydefact[yystate];  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.*/
-  if (yyn) goto yydefault;
-#endif
-
-yyerrpop:   /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
-
-  if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
-  yyvsp--;
-  yystate = *--yyssp;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  yylsp--;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    {
-      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
-      fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
-      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
-	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
-      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
-    }
-#endif
-
-yyerrhandle:
-
-  yyn = yypact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-    goto yyerrdefault;
-
-  yyn += YYTERROR;
-  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
-    goto yyerrdefault;
-
-  yyn = yytable[yyn];
-  if (yyn < 0)
-    {
-      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-	goto yyerrpop;
-      yyn = -yyn;
-      goto yyreduce;
-    }
-  else if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrpop;
-
-  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-  if (yydebug)
-    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
-#endif
-
-  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-  *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
-  yystate = yyn;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
- yyacceptlab:
-  /* YYACCEPT comes here.  */
-  if (yyfree_stacks)
-    {
-      free (yyss);
-      free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      free (yyls);
-#endif
-    }
-  return 0;
-
- yyabortlab:
-  /* YYABORT comes here.  */
-  if (yyfree_stacks)
-    {
-      free (yyss);
-      free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-      free (yyls);
-#endif
-    }
-  return 1;
-}

bootstrap

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo "Bootstrapping CVS Bison..."
+
+echo "running: autoreconf --verbose --install --force"
+autoreconf --verbose --install --force

config.hin

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* config.hin.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if using `alloca.c'. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+   language is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
+
+/* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
+#undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
+
+/* Define if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `stpcpy', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if you have the `doprnt' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the `getegid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+
+/* Define if you have the `geteuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEUID
+
+/* Define if you have the `getgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGID
+
+/* Define if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `getuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETUID
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `isascii' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISASCII
+
+/* Define if you have the `iswprint' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSINIT
+
+/* Define if you have the `memchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the `munmap' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `putenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strerror' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strnlen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strspn' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSPN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strtoul' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if `strerror_r' returns a string. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define if compiler has function prototypes */
+#undef PROTOTYPES
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+        STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define if using the dmalloc debugging malloc package */
+#undef WITH_DMALLOC
+
+/* Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions. */
+#undef _GNU_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this
+   defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define as `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing
+   if it is not supported. */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
+#undef mbstate_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t

config/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Makefile
+*.t
+Makefile.in
+mkinstalldirs
+missing
+config.sub
+config.guess
+mdate-sh
+texinfo.tex

config/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt config.rpath

config/depcomp

@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>.
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
+
+if test -z "$depfile"; then
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
+   if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
+      dir=
+   fi
+   # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
+   depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
+fi
+
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+   dashmflag=-xM
+   depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+    tr '
+' ' ' >> $depfile
+    echo >> $depfile
+
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+   >> $depfile
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  This file always lives in the current directory.
+  # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
+  # $object doesn't have directory information.
+  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
+  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  outname="$stripped.o"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+   # Subdirectories are respected.
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+
+   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
+      "$@" -Wc,-MD
+   else
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
+      "$@" -MD
+   fi
+
+   stat=$?
+   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+   else
+      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+      exit $stat
+   fi
+
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
+   else
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
+   fi
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+      # That's a space and a tab in the [].
+      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ 	]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+   else
+      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+   fi
+   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+   ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.  We will use -o /dev/null later,
+  # however we can't do the remplacement now because
+  # `-o $object' might simply not be used
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  "$@" -o /dev/null $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no
+  for arg in "$@"; do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    -*)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E |
+    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+	set fnord "$@"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    *)
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0

config/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	:
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=$mkdirprog
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
+	then
+		:
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+	'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

config/move-if-change

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Like mv $1 $2, but if the files are the same, just delete $1.
+# Status is 0 if $2 is changed, 1 otherwise.
+if
+test -r $2
+then
+if
+cmp -s $1 $2
+then
+echo $2 is unchanged
+rm -f $1
+else
+mv -f $1 $2
+fi
+else
+mv -f $1 $2
+fi

config/prev-version.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1.49a

configure.bat

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-@echo off
-echo Configuring bison for go32
-rem This batch file assumes a unix-type "sed" program
-
-echo # Makefile generated by "configure.bat"> Makefile
-echo all.dos : bison >> Makefile
-
-if exist config.sed del config.sed
-
-echo "s/@srcdir@/./g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@CC@/gcc/g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_PROGRAM@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_DATA@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@DEFS@/-DHAVE_STRERROR/g			">> config.sed
-echo "s/@LIBS@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@ALLOCA@//g					">> config.sed
-
-echo "/^bison[ 	]*:/,/-o/ {				">> config.sed
-echo "  s/	\$(CC)/	>bison.rf/			">> config.sed
-echo "  /-o/ a\						">> config.sed
-echo "	$(CC) @bison.rf					">> config.sed
-echo "}							">> config.sed
-
-sed -e "s/^\"//" -e "s/\"$//" -e "s/[ 	]*$//" config.sed > config2.sed
-sed -f config2.sed Makefile.in >> Makefile
-del config.sed
-del config2.sed

configure.in

@@ -1,22 +1,119 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT(reduce.c)
+# Configure template for GNU Bison.                   -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
 
-dnl Checks for programs.
+# We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
+AC_PREREQ(2.53)
+
+AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.49b], [[email protected]])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
+
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
+
+# Initialize the test suite.
+AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
+# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
+AC_SUBST([GCC])
+
+# Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-
+AM_PROG_LEX
+AC_PROG_YACC
 AC_MINIX
 AC_ISC_POSIX
+AM_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
+BISON_PROG_GNU_M4
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != xyes; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU M4 1.4 is required])
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])
 
-dnl Checks for header files.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
+[  --enable-gcc-warnings   turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+   yes|no) ;;
+   *)      AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for gcc-warnings option]) ;;
+ esac],
+              [enableval=no])
+if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
+  BISON_WARNING(-Werror)
+  AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS], [$WARNING_CFLAGS])
+  WARNING_CFLAGS=
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wall)
+  BISON_WARNING(-W)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wbad-function-cast)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wcast-align)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wcast-qual)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wformat)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wmissing-declarations)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wmissing-prototypes)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wnested-externs)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wshadow)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wstrict-prototypes)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
+fi
+
+# Checks for libraries.
+AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE],1,[Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions.])
+
+# Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h stdlib.h memory.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h])
 
-dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+# Checks for compiler characteristics.
 AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_INLINE
+AM_C_PROTOTYPES
 
-dnl Checks for library functions.
+# Checks for library functions.
 AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror)
+AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
+AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
+AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
+UTILS_FUNC_MKSTEMP
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv, getopt, free, stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen,
+                malloc, memchr, memrchr])
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(stpcpy strchr strspn memchr memrchr)
+jm_FUNC_MALLOC
+jm_FUNC_REALLOC
+jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
+jm_PREREQ_ERROR
+AM_WITH_DMALLOC
+BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR
 
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
+# Gettext.
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external, need-ngettext)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+
+# This is necessary so that .o files in LIBOBJS are also built via
+# the ANSI2KNR-filtering rules.
+LIB@&t@OBJS=`echo $LIB@&t@OBJS|sed 's/\.o /\$U.o /g;s/\.o$/\$U.o/'`
+AC_SUBST(LIB@&t@OBJS)
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
+           config/Makefile
+           po/Makefile.in
+           data/Makefile
+           lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
+           m4/Makefile])

data/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile

data/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+## Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = c.m4 yacc.c lalr1.cc glr.c
+
+m4sugardir = $(pkgdatadir)/m4sugar
+dist_m4sugar_DATA = m4sugar/m4sugar.m4 m4sugar/version.m4

data/c.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+m4_divert(-1)                                                     -*- C -*-
+
+# C M4 Macros for Bison.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Copuright.  ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+# b4_copyright(TITLE, YEARS)
+# --------------------------
+m4_define([b4_copyright],
+[/* A Bison parser, made from b4_filename, by GNU bison b4_version.  */
+
+/* $1,
+   Copyright (C) $2 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */])
+
+
+## ------------ ##
+## Data Types.  ##
+## ------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_ints_in(INT1, INT2, LOW, HIGH)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Return 1 iff both INT1 and INT2 are in [LOW, HIGH], 0 otherwise.
+m4_define([b4_ints_in],
+[m4_eval([$3 <= $1 && $1 <= $4 && $3 <= $2 && $2 <= $4])])
+
+
+# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# MIN to MAX (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type],
+[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
+       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [128]), [1], [signed char],
+
+       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
+       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
+
+       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],
+
+ 	                                       [int])])
+
+# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# `NAME_min' to `NAME_max' (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
+[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Assigning token numbers.  ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# b4_token_define(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -----------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_define],
+[#define $1 $2
+])
+
+
+# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
+m4_define([b4_token_enum],
+[$1 = $2])
+
+
+# b4_token_defines(LIST-OF-PAIRS-TOKEN-NAME-TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of the tokens (if there are) as enums and #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_defines],
+[m4_if([$@], [[]], [],
+[/* Tokens.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
+      know about them.  */
+   enum yytokentype {
+m4_map_sep([     b4_token_enum], [,
+],
+           [$@])
+   };
+# endif
+  /* POSIX requires `int' for tokens in interfaces.  */
+# define YYTOKENTYPE int
+#endif /* !YYTOKENTYPE */
+m4_map([b4_token_define], [$@])
+])
+])
+
+
+## ---------------------------------------------- ##
+## Declaring C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
+## ---------------------------------------------- ##
+
+
+# b4_c_function(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME.
+m4_define([b4_c_function],
+[$2
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+$1 (b4_c_ansi_args(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+#else
+$1 (b4_c_knr_arg_names(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+b4_c_knr_arg_decls(m4_shiftn(2, $@))
+#endif[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_ansi_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# -----------------------------------
+# Output the arguments ANSI-C definition.
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_args],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_ansi_arg], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_arg],
+[$1 $2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------
+# Output the argument names.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_names],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_arg_name], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_name],
+[$2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------
+# Output the K&R argument declarations.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_decls],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_arg_decl],
+            [
+],
+            [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_decl],
+[    $1 $2;])

data/lalr1.cc

@@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
+m4_divert(-1)
+# C++ skeleton for Bison
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+m4_include([c.m4])
+
+# b4_lhs_value([TYPE])
+# --------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
+[yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1])])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, NUM, [TYPE])
+# --------------------------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH
+# symbols on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
+[semantic_stack_@<:@m4_eval([$1 - $2])@:>@m4_ifval([$3], [.$3])])
+
+
+# b4_lhs_location()
+# -----------------
+# Expansion of @$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
+[yyloc])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, NUM)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Expansion of @NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
+# on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
+[location_stack_@<:@m4_eval([$1 - $2])@:>@])
+
+
+m4_define_default([b4_input_suffix], [.y])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_parser_suffix],
+[m4_translit(b4_input_suffix, [yY], [cC])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_parser_name],
+[b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[]b4_output_parser_suffix[]])
+
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_header_suffix],
+[m4_translit(b4_input_suffix, [yY], [hH])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_header_name],
+[b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[]b4_output_header_suffix[]])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_header_guard],
+                  [m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([BISON_]b4_output_header_name),
+                                [[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]], [_])])
+
+m4_define([b4_inherit],
+          [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [: public b4_root
+],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_param],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+	            [,
+            const Param& param],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_constructor],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [b4_root (param),
+      ],
+		    [])])
+
+
+m4_divert(0)dnl
+#output "b4_output_header_name"
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])
+#ifndef b4_header_guard
+# define b4_header_guard
+
+#include "stack.hh"
+#include "location.hh"
+
+#include <string>
+#include <iostream>
+
+/* Using locations.  */
+#define YYLSP_NEEDED b4_locations_flag
+
+/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */
+b4_pre_prologue
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"
+
+/* Tokens.  */
+b4_token_defines(b4_tokens)
+
+/* Enabling traces.  */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG b4_debug
+#endif
+
+/* Enabling verbose error message.  */
+#ifndef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+# define YYERROR_VERBOSE b4_error_verbose
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+m4_ifdef([b4_stype],
+[#line b4_stype_line "b4_filename"
+typedef union b4_stype yystype;
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"],
+[typedef int yystype;])
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+#endif
+
+/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */
+b4_post_prologue
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__  "__ofile__"
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
+   Current.last_line = Rhs[[N]].last_line; \
+   Current.last_column = Rhs[[N]].last_column;
+#endif
+
+m4_if(b4_locations_flag, [0], [],
+[#ifndef YYLTYPE
+typedef struct yyltype
+{
+  int first_line;
+  int first_column;
+  int last_line;
+  int last_column;
+} yyltype;
+# define YYLTYPE yyltype
+#endif])
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class b4_name;
+
+  template < typename P >
+  struct Traits
+  {
+  };
+
+  template < >
+  struct Traits< b4_name >
+  {
+    typedef b4_int_type_for([b4_translate]) TokenNumberType;
+    typedef b4_int_type_for([b4_rhs])       RhsNumberType;
+    typedef int      StateType;
+    typedef yystype  SemanticType;
+    typedef b4_ltype LocationType;
+  };
+}
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class b4_name b4_inherit
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::TokenNumberType TokenNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::RhsNumberType   RhsNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::StateType       StateType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::SemanticType    SemanticType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::LocationType    LocationType;
+
+    typedef Stack< StateType >    StateStack;
+    typedef Stack< SemanticType > SemanticStack;
+    typedef Stack< LocationType > LocationStack;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    b4_name (bool debug,
+	    LocationType initlocation[]b4_param) :
+      b4_constructor[]debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr),
+      initlocation_ (initlocation)
+#else
+    b4_name (bool debug[]b4_param) :
+      b4_constructor[]debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr)
+#endif
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual ~b4_name ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual int parse ();
+
+  private:
+
+    virtual void lex_ ();
+    virtual void error_ ();
+    virtual void print_ ();
+
+    /* Stacks.  */
+    StateStack    state_stack_;
+    SemanticStack semantic_stack_;
+    LocationStack location_stack_;
+
+    /* Tables.  */
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) pact_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) pact_ninf_;
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_defact]) defact_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto]) pgoto_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto]) defgoto_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) table_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) table_ninf_;
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_check]) check_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_r1]) r1_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_r2]) r2_[[]];
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+    static const char* const name_[[]];
+#endif
+
+    /* More tables, for debugging.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+    static const RhsNumberType rhs_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs]) prhs_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_rline]) rline_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_stos]) stos_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum]) token_number_[[]];
+#endif
+
+    /* Even more tables.  */
+    static inline TokenNumberType translate_ (int token);
+
+    /* Constants.  */
+    static const int eof_;
+    static const int last_;
+    static const int nnts_;
+    static const int empty_;
+    static const int final_;
+    static const int terror_;
+    static const int errcode_;
+    static const int ntokens_;
+    static const int initdepth_;
+    static const unsigned user_token_number_max_;
+    static const TokenNumberType undef_token_;
+
+    /* State.  */
+    int n_;
+    int len_;
+    int state_;
+
+    /* Debugging.  */
+    int debug_;
+    std::ostream &cdebug_;
+
+    /* Lookahead and lookahead in internal form.  */
+    int looka_;
+    int ilooka_;
+
+    /* Message.  */
+    std::string message;
+
+    /* Semantic value and location of lookahead token.  */
+    SemanticType value;
+    LocationType location;
+
+    /* @$ and $$.  */
+    SemanticType yyval;
+    LocationType yyloc;
+
+    /* Initial location.  */
+    LocationType initlocation_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif /* not b4_header_guard */
+
+#output "b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[].cc"
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])
+
+#include "b4_output_header_name"
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (debug_) cdebug_
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (0) cdebug_
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+int
+yy::b4_name::parse ()
+{
+  int nerrs = 0;
+  int errstatus = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize stack.  */
+  state_stack_ = StateStack (0);
+  semantic_stack_ = SemanticStack (1);
+  location_stack_ = LocationStack (1);
+
+  /* Start.  */
+  state_ = 0;
+  looka_ = empty_;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  location = initlocation_;
+#endif
+  YYCDEBUG << "Starting parse" << std::endl;
+
+  /* New state.  */
+ yynewstate:
+  state_stack_.push (state_);
+  YYCDEBUG << "Entering state " << state_ << std::endl;
+  goto yybackup;
+
+  /* Backup.  */
+ yybackup:
+
+  /* Try to take a decision without lookahead.  */
+  n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+  if (n_ == pact_ninf_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Read a lookahead token.  */
+  if (looka_ == empty_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reading a token: ";
+      lex_ ();
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form.  */
+  if (looka_ <= 0)
+    {
+      looka_ = eof_;
+      ilooka_ = 0;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Now at end of input." << std::endl;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ilooka_ = translate_ (looka_);
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Next token is " << looka_
+		 << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]];
+	  print_ ();
+	  YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  n_ += ilooka_;
+  if (n_ < 0 || n_ > last_ || check_[[n_]] != ilooka_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Reduce or error.  */
+  n_ = table_[[n_]];
+  if (n_ < 0)
+    {
+      if (n_ == table_ninf_)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      else
+	{
+	  n_ = -n_;
+	  goto yyreduce;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  /* Accept?  */
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting token " << looka_
+	 << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]] << "), ";
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (looka_ != eof_)
+    looka_ = empty_;
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (errstatus)
+    --errstatus;
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Default action.  */
+ yydefault:
+  n_ = defact_[[state_]];
+  if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+  /* Reduce.  */
+ yyreduce:
+  len_ = r2_[[n_]];
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[[len_ - 1]];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[[len_ - 1]];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[[0]];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[[0]];
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reducing via rule " << n_ - 1
+	     << " (line " << rline_[[n_]] << "), ";
+      for (b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs]) i = prhs_[[n_]];
+	   rhs_[[i]] >= 0; ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << name_[[rhs_[i]]] << ' ';
+      YYCDEBUG << "-> " << name_[[r1_[n_]]] << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      Slice< LocationType, LocationStack > slice (location_stack_, len_);
+      YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, slice, len_);
+    }
+
+  switch (n_)
+    {
+      b4_actions
+    }
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"
+
+  state_stack_.pop (len_);
+  semantic_stack_.pop (len_);
+  location_stack_.pop (len_);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "state stack now";
+      for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	   i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+      YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (yyval);
+  location_stack_.push (yyloc);
+
+  /* Shift the result of the reduction.  */
+  n_ = r1_[[n_]];
+  state_ = pgoto_[[n_ - ntokens_]] + state_stack_[[0]];
+  if (state_ >= 0 && state_ <= last_ && check_[[state_]] == state_stack_[[0]])
+    state_ = table_[[state_]];
+  else
+    state_ = defgoto_[[n_ - ntokens_]];
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Report and recover from errors.  This is very incomplete.  */
+ yyerrlab:
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!errstatus)
+    {
+      ++nerrs;
+
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+      if (pact_ninf_ < n_ && n_ < last_)
+	{
+	  message = "parse error, unexpected ";
+	  message += name_[[ilooka_]];
+	  {
+	    int count = 0;
+	    for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+	      if (check_[[x + n_]] == x && x != terror_)
+		++count;
+	    if (count < 5)
+	      {
+		count = 0;
+		for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+		  if (check_[[x + n_]] == x && x != terror_)
+		    {
+		      message += (!count++) ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+		      message += name_[[x]];
+		    }
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	message = "parse error";
+      error_ ();
+    }
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+  /* Error raised explicitly by an action.  */
+ yyerrlab1:
+  if (errstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+	 error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
+      if (looka_ == eof_)
+	goto yyabortlab;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Discarding token " << looka_
+	     << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]] << ")." << std::endl;
+      looka_ = empty_;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+
+  errstatus = 3;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+      if (n_ != pact_ninf_)
+	{
+	  n_ += terror_;
+	  if (0 <= n_ && n_ <= last_ && check_[[n_]] == terror_)
+	    {
+	      n_ = table_[[n_]];
+	      if (0 < n_)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
+      if (!state_stack_.height ())
+	goto yyabortlab;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  if (stos_[[state_]] < ntokens_)
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping token "
+		     << token_number_[[stos_[state_]]]
+		     << " (" << name_[[stos_[state_]]];
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+	      YYPRINT (stderr, token_number_[[stos_[state_]]],
+		       semantic_stack_.top ());
+# endif
+	      YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping nonterminal ("
+		     << name_[[stos_[state_]]] << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      state_ = (state_stack_.pop (), state_stack_[[0]]);
+      semantic_stack_.pop ();
+      location_stack_.pop ();;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Error: state stack now";
+	  for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	       i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	    YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+	  YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting error token, ";
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Accept.  */
+ yyacceptlab:
+  return 0;
+
+  /* Abort.  */
+ yyabortlab:
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+yy::b4_name::lex_ ()
+{
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  looka_ = yylex (&value, &location);
+#else
+  looka_ = yylex (&value);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* YYPACT[[STATE-NUM]] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+   STATE-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) yy::b4_name::pact_ninf_ = b4_pact_ninf;
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])
+yy::b4_name::pact_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_pact
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[[S]] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
+   error.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])
+yy::b4_name::defact_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_defact
+};
+
+/* YYPGOTO[[NTERM-NUM]].  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])
+yy::b4_name::pgoto_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_pgoto
+};
+
+/* YYDEFGOTO[[NTERM-NUM]].  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])
+yy::b4_name::defgoto_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_defgoto
+};
+
+/* YYTABLE[[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
+   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
+   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) yy::b4_name::table_ninf_ = b4_table_ninf;
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_table])
+yy::b4_name::table_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_table
+};
+
+/* YYCHECK.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_check])
+yy::b4_name::check_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_check
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* STOS_[[STATE-NUM]] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
+   symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])
+yy::b4_name::stos_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_stos
+};
+
+/* TOKEN_NUMBER_[[YYLEX-NUM]] -- Internal token number corresponding
+   to YYLEX-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])
+yy::b4_name::token_number_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_toknum
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[[YYN]] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])
+yy::b4_name::r1_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_r1
+};
+
+/* YYR2[[YYN]] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])
+yy::b4_name::r2_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_r2
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+/* YYTNAME[[SYMBOL-NUM]] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
+const char*
+const yy::b4_name::name_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_tname
+};
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
+const yy::b4_name::RhsNumberType
+yy::b4_name::rhs_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_rhs
+};
+
+/* YYPRHS[[YYN]] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
+   YYRHS.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])
+yy::b4_name::prhs_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_prhs
+};
+
+/* YYRLINE[[YYN]] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])
+yy::b4_name::rline_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_rline
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */
+yy::b4_name::TokenNumberType
+yy::b4_name::translate_ (int token)
+{
+  static
+  const TokenNumberType
+  translate_[[]] =
+  {
+    b4_translate
+  };
+  if ((unsigned) token <= user_token_number_max_)
+    return translate_[[token]];
+  else
+    return undef_token_;
+}
+
+const int yy::b4_name::eof_ = 0;
+const int yy::b4_name::last_ = b4_last;
+const int yy::b4_name::nnts_ = b4_nterms_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::empty_ = -2;
+const int yy::b4_name::final_ = b4_final_state_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::terror_ = 1;
+const int yy::b4_name::errcode_ = 256;
+const int yy::b4_name::ntokens_ = b4_tokens_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::initdepth_ = b4_initdepth;
+
+const unsigned yy::b4_name::user_token_number_max_ = b4_user_token_number_max;
+const yy::b4_name::TokenNumberType yy::b4_name::undef_token_ = b4_undef_token_number;
+
+b4_epilogue
+
+#output "stack.hh"
+b4_copyright([2002])
+
+#ifndef BISON_STACK_HH
+# define BISON_STACK_HH
+
+#include <deque>
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  template < class T, class S = std::deque< T > >
+  class Stack
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef typename S::iterator Iterator;
+    typedef typename S::const_iterator ConstIterator;
+
+    Stack () : seq_ ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    Stack (unsigned n) : seq_ (n)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index)
+    {
+      return seq_[[index]];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return seq_[[index]];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    push (const T& t)
+    {
+      seq_.push_front (t);
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    pop (unsigned n = 1)
+    {
+      for (; n; --n)
+	seq_.pop_front ();
+    }
+
+    inline
+    unsigned
+    height () const
+    {
+      return seq_.size ();
+    }
+
+    inline ConstIterator begin () const { return seq_.begin (); }
+    inline ConstIterator end () const { return seq_.end (); }
+
+  private:
+
+    S seq_;
+  };
+
+  template < class T, class S = Stack< T > >
+  class Slice
+  {
+  public:
+
+    Slice (const S& stack,
+	   unsigned range) : stack_ (stack),
+			     range_ (range)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return stack_[[range_ - index]];
+    }
+
+  private:
+
+    const S& stack_;
+    unsigned range_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_STACK_HH
+
+#output "location.hh"
+b4_copyright([2002])
+
+#ifndef BISON_LOCATION_HH
+# define BISON_LOCATION_HH
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  struct Position
+  {
+    int line;
+    int column;
+  };
+
+  struct Location
+  {
+    Position first;
+    Position last;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_LOCATION_HH

data/m4sugar/version.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This file is part of -*- Autoconf -*-.
+# Version of Autoconf.
+# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_NAME],      [GNU Autoconf])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_TARNAME],   [autoconf])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION],   [2.52h])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_STRING],    [GNU Autoconf 2.52h])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [[email protected]])

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Makefile
+bison.aux
+bison.cp
+bison.cps
+bison.dvi
+bison.fn
+bison.ky
+bison.log
+bison.pdf
+bison.pg
+bison.ps
+bison.toc
+bison.tp
+bison.vr
+refcard.dvi
+refcard.log
+refcard.ps
+Makefile.in
+*.info*
+stamp-vti
+version.texi

doc/FAQ

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+Frequently Asked Questions about Bison:
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q1.  Is Bison Y2K compliant?
+
+A1.  If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, I can't
+     provide it.  With a little thought you can answer this one for
+     yourself, though.  (Hint: does a parser generator rely on the
+     date or time for anything?)  If you're still confused, see
+     http://www.gnu.org/software/year2000.html for more information.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q2.  I can't build Bison because "make" complains that "msgfmt" is not
+     fund.  What should I do?
+
+A2.  Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that
+     feature is turned on by default.  If you have problems building
+     in the "po" subdirectory, it indicates that your system's
+     internationalization support is lacking.  You can re-configure
+     Bison with "--disable-nls" to turn off this support, or you can
+     install GNU gettext from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/ and
+     re-configure Bison.  See the file "ABOUT-NLS" for more
+     information.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q3.  I'm having trouble using Bison.  Where can I find help?
+
+A3.  First, read the fine manual which comes with bison.  Beyond that,
+     you can send mail to <[email protected]>.  This mailing list is
+     intended to be populated with people who are willing to answer
+     questions about using and installing Bison.  Please keep in mind
+     that (most of) the people on the list have aspects of their lives
+     which are not related to Bison (!), so you may not receive an
+     answer to your question right away.  This can be frustrating, but
+     please try not to honk them off; remember that any help they
+     provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
+     hearts.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q4.  I found a bug.  What should I include in the bug report?
+
+A4.  Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
+     version.  Check ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/ or one of its
+     mirrors.  Be sure to include the version number in your bug
+     report.  If the bug is present in the latest version but not in a
+     previous version, try to determine the most recent version which
+     did not contain the bug.
+
+     If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest
+     grammar you can which demonstrates the bug.  The grammar file
+     should also be complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through
+     Bison without having to edit or add anything).  The smaller and
+     simpler the grammar, the easier it will be to fix the bug.
+
+     Include information about your compilation environment, including
+     your operating system's name and version and your compiler's name
+     and version.  If you have trouble compiling, you should also
+     include a transcript of the build session, starting with the
+     invocation of `configure'.  Depending on the nature of the bug,
+     you may be asked to send additional files as well (such as
+     `config.h' or `config.cache').
+
+     Patches are most welcome, but not required.  That is, do not
+     hesitate to send a bug report just because you can not provide a
+     fix.
+
+     Send bug reports to <[email protected]>.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q5.  Will Bison ever have C++ support?
+
+A5.  Yes, it's in the works.  Things are very chaotic right now, but
+     what little information floats around is posted to the bug-bison
+     mailing list.  If you're interested in testing C++ support when
+     it becomes available, please consider subscribing to the list,
+     especially if you are willing to beta test other releases as
+     well.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q6.  What is involved in being a beta tester?
+
+A6.  It's not terribly involved.  Basically, you would download a test
+     release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two.
+     After that, you would submit either a bug report or a message
+     saying that everything is okay.  It is important to report
+     successes as well as failures because test releases eventually
+     become mainstream releases, but only if they are adequately
+     tested.  If no one tests, development is essentially halted.
+
+     Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to
+     which I do not have access.  I currently have easy access to
+     Linux (x86 glibc 2.1), Solaris (SPARC) 2.6 and 2.7, and HP-UX
+     10.20.  Reports about other operating systems are especially
+     welcome.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q7.  How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
+
+A7.  See http://www.gnu.org/ (the section about "GNU mailing lists")
+     for more information.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+
+info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
+man_MANS = bison.1
+bison_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi fdl.texi
+
+EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 bison.rnh refcard.tex
+
+CLEANFILES = refcard.dvi refcard.log refcard.ps
+
+refcard.dvi: refcard.tex
+	tex refcard.tex
+
+refcard.ps: refcard.dvi

doc/bison.1

@@ -10,7 +10,11 @@ bison \- GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
 ] [
 .B \-d
 ] [
-.B \-\-defines
+.BI \-\-defines= defines-file
+] [
+.B \-g
+] [
+.BI \-\-graph= graph-file
 ] [
 .B \-k
 ] [
@@ -32,10 +36,6 @@ bison \- GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
 ] [
 .BI \-\-name-prefix= prefix
 ] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-\-raw
-] [
 .B \-t
 ] [
 .B \-\-debug
@@ -75,13 +75,22 @@ Unlike
 .IR yacc ,
 the generated files do not have fixed names, but instead use the prefix
 of the input file.
+Moreover, if you need to put 
+.IR C++
+code in the input file, you can end his name by a C++-like extension
+(.ypp or .y++), then bison will follow your extension to name the 
+output file (.cpp or .c++).
 For instance, a grammar description file named
-.B parse.y
+.B parse.yxx
 would produce the generated parser in a file named
-.BR parse.tab.c ,
+.BR parse.tab.cxx ,
 instead of
 .IR yacc 's
-.BR y.tab.c .
+.BR y.tab.c 
+or old 
+.IR Bison
+versions
+.BR parse.tab.c .
 .PP
 This description of the options that can be given to
 .I bison
@@ -118,8 +127,6 @@ chosen as if the input file were named
 .B \-d
 .br
 .ns
-.TP
-.B \-\-defines
 Write an extra output file containing macro definitions for the token
 type names defined in the grammar and the semantic value type
 .BR YYSTYPE ,
@@ -140,31 +147,46 @@ in a separate source file, because
 needs to be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
 .BR yylval .
 .TP
-.B \-r
+.BI \-\-defines= defines-file
+The behaviour of
+.BI \-\-defines 
+is the same than 
+.BI \-d 
+option. 
+The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which is 
+the name of the output filename.
+.TP
+.BI \-g
 .br
 .ns
+Output a VCG definition of the LALR(1) grammar automaton computed by
+Bison. If the grammar file is 
+.BR foo.y
+, the VCG output file will be
+.BR foo.vcg .
 .TP
-.B \-\-raw
-The token numbers in the \fIname\fB.h\fR file are usually the Yacc compatible 
-translations.  If this switch is specified, Bison token numbers
-are output instead.  (Yacc numbers start at 257 except for single character 
-tokens;  Bison assigns token numbers sequentially for all tokens 
-starting at 3.)
+.BI \-\-graph= graph-file
+The behaviour of 
+.BI \-\-graph 
+is the same than
+.BI \-g
+option. The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which 
+is the name of the output graph filename.
 .TP
 .B \-k
 .br
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-token-table
-This switch causes the \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR output to include a list of 
-token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array 
+This switch causes the \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR output to include a list of
+token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array
 .IR yytname .
-Also generated 
-are #defines for 
+Also generated
+are #defines for
 .IR YYNTOKENS ,
 .IR YYNNTS ,
 .IR YYNRULES ,
-and 
+and
 .IR YYNSTATES .
 .TP
 .B \-l
@@ -188,10 +210,10 @@ parser file, treating it an independent source file in its own right.
 .TP
 .B \-\-no-parser
 Do not generate the parser code into the output;  generate only
-declarations.  The generated \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR file will have only 
+declarations.  The generated \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR file will have only
 constant declarations.  In addition, a \fIname\fB.act\fR file is
 generated containing a switch statement body containing all the
-translated actions. 
+translated actions.
 .TP
 .BI \-o " outfile"
 .br
@@ -224,7 +246,7 @@ The precise list of symbols renamed is
 .BR yylex ,
 .BR yyerror ,
 .BR yylval ,
-.BR yychar , 
+.BR yychar ,
 and
 .BR yydebug .
 .sp
@@ -240,9 +262,9 @@ and so on.
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-debug
-Output a definition of the macro
-.B YYDEBUG 
-into the parser file,
+In the parser file, define the macro
+.B YYDEBUG
+to 1 if it is not already defined,
 so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
 .TP
 .B \-v
@@ -320,14 +342,21 @@ bison \-y $*
 .ft R
 .sp
 .RE
-.PP
-The long-named options can be introduced with `+' as well as `\-\-',
-for compatibility with previous releases.  Eventually support for `+'
-will be removed, because it is incompatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 .SH FILES
-/usr/local/lib/bison.simple	simple parser
+/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple	simple parser
 .br
-/usr/local/lib/bison.hairy	complicated parser
+/usr/local/share/bison/bison.hairy	complicated parser
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
+.TP
+.SM BISON_SIMPLE
+If this is set, it specifies the location in which the
+.B bison.simple
+parser can be found.
+.TP
+.SM BISON_HAIRY
+If this is set, it specifies the location in which the
+.B bison.hairy
+parser can be found.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .IR yacc (1)
 .br

doc/bison.rnh

@@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ foo_tab.c.
 .indent -1
 2 /DEBUG
 .skip
-Output a definition of the macro YYDEBUG into the parser file,
+In the parser file,
+define the macro YYDEBUG to 1 if it is not already defined,
 so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
 .skip
 .indent -1

doc/fdl.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+written document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+under the terms of this License.  The ``Document'', below, refers to any
+such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+addressed as ``you''.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format,
+@acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML} designed
+for human modification.  Opaque formats include PostScript,
+@acronym{PDF}, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which
+the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available,
+and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML} produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
+it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on.  These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+In any section entitled ``Acknowledgments'' or ``Dedications'',
+preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments
+and/or dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
+or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgments'',
+and any sections entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all sections
+entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+compilation.  Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
+License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License provided that you also include the
+original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+between the translation and the original English version of this
+License, the original English version will prevail.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
+  Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
+  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
+instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
+``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:

doc/gpl.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+@node Copying
+@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+@center Version 2, June 1991
+
+@c This file is intended to be included in another file.
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@unnumberedsec Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software---to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+@iftex
+@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+@end ifinfo
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The ``Program'', below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term ``modification''.)  Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+@item
+You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+@item
+You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+@enumerate a
+@item
+You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+@item
+You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+parties under the terms of this License.
+
+@item
+If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+@end enumerate
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+@item
+You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+@enumerate a
+@item
+Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+@item
+Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+@item
+Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+received the program in object code or executable form with such
+an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+@end enumerate
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+@item
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+@item
+Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+@item
+If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+@item
+If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+@item
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
+later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+@item
+If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+@iftex
+@heading NO WARRANTY
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@center NO WARRANTY
+@end ifinfo
+
+@item
+BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+@item
+IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+@end enumerate
+
+@iftex
+@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+@end ifinfo
+
+@page
+@unnumberedsec Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+@smallexample
+@var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
+Copyright (C) @var{yyyy}  @var{name of author}
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+@end smallexample
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+@smallexample
+Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
+Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+@end smallexample
+
+The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
+the appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the
+commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
+@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
+suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+@example
+Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
+Ty Coon, President of Vice
+@end example
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

doc/refcard.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+% Bison Quick Reference
+
+%**start of header
+\newcount\columnsperpage
+
+% This file can be printed with 1 or 2 columns per page (see below).
+% Specify how many you want here.  Nothing else needs to be changed
+% unless you are maintaining the documentation.
+% For printing reference cards to use in books, specify one column
+% per page and reduce to 80%.
+% Note that if columnsperpage is set to 2, there will be a few overfull
+% boxes, but they are not serious. Just uncomment \finalout.
+
+\columnsperpage=1
+
+% comment out this line if you want page numbers to appear.
+\nopagenumbers
+
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+%\finalout
+
+% Copyright (c) 1998, 2001  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This file is part of Bison.
+%
+% Bison is free software; you can redistribute them and/or modify them
+% under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+% Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+% later version.
+%
+% Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+% ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+% for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with either Flex or Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% This file is intended to be processed by plain TeX (TeX82).
+%
+% The final reference card has two columns:
+% This file can be used to produce it in any of three ways:
+% 1 column per page
+%    produces two separate pages, each of which needs to be reduced to 80%.
+%    This gives the best resolution.
+% 2 columns per page
+%    produces a single page.
+%    You will still need to cut and paste.
+% Which mode to use is controlled by setting \columnsperpage above.
+%
+% Authors:
+%  Brendan Kehoe
+%  UUCP: widener!brendan
+%  Internet: [email protected]
+%
+%  Gavin Nicol
+%  Internet: [email protected]
+%
+% This refcard format was created by Steve Gildea.
+%
+% Thanks to Paul Rubin, Bob Chassell, Len Tower, and Richard Mlynarik
+% for their many good ideas.
+
+% We only change the following to change the version numbers and
+% such.
+
+\def\bisonversion{1.31}                    % the bison version
+
+\def\refcardversion{0.5}                   % reference card version
+\def\month{November}                       % month
+\def\year{2001}                            % year
+\def\version{\month\ \year, Bison Refcard Version \refcardversion}
+
+% for copyright notices
+\def\small{\smallfont\textfont2=\smallsy\baselineskip=.8\baselineskip}
+\def\medium{\mediumfont\textfont2=\mediumsy\baselineskip=.8\baselineskip}
+
+\def\copyrightnotice{
+\vskip .15ex plus .25 fill
+\begingroup\medium
+\centerline{Copyright \copyright\ \year\ Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{\version}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{designed by Brendan Kehoe and Gavin Nicol}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{for Bison \bisonversion}
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of this card
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+For information, write to the:
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{59 Temple Place - Suite 330}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA}
+\endgroup}
+
+%%%% smallcopyrightnotice for two column printing on one page.
+\def\smallcopyrightnotice{
+\vskip .15ex plus .25 fill
+\begingroup\small
+\centerline{Copyright \copyright\ \year\ Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{\version}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{designed by Brendan Kehoe and Gavin Nicol}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{for Bison \bisonversion}
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of this card
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+For information, write to the:
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{59 Temple Place - Suite 330}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA}
+\endgroup}
+
+% make \bye not \outer so that the \def\bye in the \else clause below
+% can be scanned without complaint.
+\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject\end}
+
+\newdimen\intercolumnskip
+\newbox\columna
+\newbox\columnb
+
+\def\ncolumns{\the\columnsperpage}
+
+\message{[\ncolumns\space
+  column\if 1\ncolumns\else s\fi\space per page]}
+
+\def\scaledmag#1{ scaled \magstep #1}
+
+% This multi-way format was designed by Stephen Gildea
+% October 1986.
+\if 1\ncolumns
+  \hsize 4in
+  \vsize 10in
+% We want output .3 inch *from top of paper edge*; i.e. -.7in from TeX default
+  \voffset -.7in % Comment out for xdvi viewing; include for printing.
+  \font\titlefont=\fontname\tenbf \scaledmag3
+  \font\headingfont=\fontname\tenbf \scaledmag2
+  \font\smallfont=cmr6
+  \font\smallsy=cmsy6
+  \font\mediumfont=cmr10
+  \font\mediumsy=cmsy10
+
+
+% two lines below commented out in Yet Another Attempt to eliminate
+% page numbers from the output.
+  \footline{\hss}
+% \footline{\hss\folio}
+  \def\makefootline{\baselineskip10pt\hsize6.5in\line{\the\footline}}
+\else
+  \hsize 3.2in
+  \vsize 7.95in
+  \hoffset -.75in
+  \voffset -.745in
+  \font\titlefont=cmbx10 \scaledmag2
+  \font\headingfont=cmbx10 \scaledmag1
+  \font\smallfont=cmr6
+  \font\smallsy=cmsy6
+  \font\eightrm=cmr8
+  \font\eightbf=cmbx8
+  \font\eightit=cmti8
+  \font\eighttt=cmtt8
+  \font\eightsy=cmsy8
+  \textfont0=\eightrm
+  \textfont2=\eightsy
+  \def\rm{\eightrm}
+  \def\bf{\eightbf}
+  \def\it{\eightit}
+  \def\tt{\eighttt}
+%%%% Reduce skip from .8 to .75 to permit printing on two pages.
+  \normalbaselineskip=.75\normalbaselineskip
+  \normallineskip=.75\normallineskip
+  \normallineskiplimit=.75\normallineskiplimit
+  \normalbaselines\rm           %make definitions take effect
+
+  \if 2\ncolumns
+    \let\maxcolumn=b
+    \footline{\hss\rm\folio\hss}
+    \def\makefootline{\vskip 2in \hsize=6.86in\line{\the\footline}}
+  \font\mediumfont=cmr10
+  \font\mediumsy=cmsy10
+
+% Leave 3 column code here in case size increases.
+  \else \if 3\ncolumns
+    \let\maxcolumn=c
+    \nopagenumbers
+  \font\mediumfont=cmr10
+  \font\mediumsy=cmsy10
+
+  \else
+    \errhelp{You must set \columnsperpage equal to 1, 2, or 3.}
+    \errmessage{Illegal number of columns per page}
+  \fi\fi
+
+  \intercolumnskip=.46in
+  \def\abc{a}
+  \output={%
+      % This next line is useful when designing the layout.
+      %\immediate\write16{Column \folio\abc\space starts with \firstmark}
+      \if \maxcolumn\abc \multicolumnformat \global\def\abc{a}
+      \else\if a\abc
+        \global\setbox\columna\columnbox \global\def\abc{b}
+        %% in case we never use \columnb (two-column mode)
+        \global\setbox\columnb\hbox to -\intercolumnskip{}
+      \else
+        \global\setbox\columnb\columnbox \global\def\abc{c}\fi\fi}
+  \def\multicolumnformat{\shipout\vbox{\makeheadline
+      \hbox{\box\columna\hskip\intercolumnskip
+        \box\columnb\hskip\intercolumnskip\columnbox}
+      \makefootline}\advancepageno}
+  \def\columnbox{\leftline{\pagebody}}
+
+  \def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject
+    \if a\abc \else\null\vfill\eject\fi
+    \if a\abc \else\null\vfill\eject\fi
+    \end}
+\fi
+
+% we won't be using math mode much, so redefine some of the characters
+% we might want to talk about
+\catcode`\^=12
+\catcode`\_=12
+
+\chardef\\=`\\
+\chardef\{=`\{
+\chardef\}=`\}
+
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer}
+
+\parindent 0pt
+% \parskip 1ex plus .5ex minus .5ex
+\parskip 0.5ex plus .25ex minus .25ex
+
+\outer\def\newcolumn{\vfill\eject}
+
+\outer\def\title#1{{\titlefont\centerline{#1}}\vskip 1ex plus .5ex}
+
+\outer\def\section#1{\par\filbreak
+  \vskip 1.5ex plus 1ex minus 1ex {\headingfont #1}\mark{#1}%
+  \vskip 1ex plus .5ex minus 0.75ex}
+
+\newdimen\keyindent
+
+\def\beginindentedkeys{\keyindent=1em}
+\def\endindentedkeys{\keyindent=0em}
+\endindentedkeys
+
+\def\paralign{\vskip\parskip\halign}
+
+\def\<#1>{$\langle${\rm #1}$\rangle$}
+
+\def\kbd#1{{\tt#1}\null}        %\null so not an abbrev even if period follows
+
+\def\beginexample{\par\leavevmode\begingroup
+  \obeylines\obeyspaces\parskip0pt\tt}
+{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ }
+\def\endexample{\endgroup}
+\def\begincexample{%
+  \par\leavevmode\begingroup%
+  \obeylines\obeyspaces%
+  % bpk--added indentation
+  \advance\leftskip.25truein
+%  \parskip0pt%
+  \tt}
+{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ }
+\def\endcexample{\endgroup}
+
+%%%%% Prime definition of key; redefined below to prevent overful hboxes
+
+\def\key#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize
+  {\vtop {\hsize=.67\hsize \rightskip=1em #1}
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\newbox\metaxbox
+\setbox\metaxbox\hbox{\kbd{M-x }}
+\newdimen\metaxwidth
+\metaxwidth=\wd\metaxbox
+
+\def\metax#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize{\hbox to .75\hsize
+  {\hskip\keyindent\relax#1\hfil}%
+  \hskip -\metaxwidth minus 1fil
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\def\threecol#1#2#3{\hskip\keyindent\relax#1\hfil&\kbd{#2}\quad
+  &\kbd{#3}\quad\cr}
+
+%**end of header
+
+%     ************
+%     **  BISON **
+%     ************
+
+\title{Bison Quick Reference}
+
+\section{Starting Bison}
+%***********************
+
+To use Bison, type: \kbd{bison {\it filename}}
+
+Options can be used as: \kbd{bison {\it options} {\it filename}}
+
+\section{Command Line Options}
+%*****************************
+
+\key{Display usage information.}                         {-h}
+\key{Display version information.}                       {-V}
+\key{Generate token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions.}      {-d}
+\key{Prepend a prefix to external symbols.}              {-p {\it prefix}}
+\key{Don't put {\tt \#line} directives in the parser.}   {-l}
+\key{Specify the output file.}                           {-o {\it filename}}
+\key{Debug or {\it trace} mode.}                      {-t}
+\key{Verbose description of the parser.}                 {-v}
+\key{Emulate {\tt yacc} (generate {\tt y.tab.*} files).} {-y}
+
+\vskip .10truein
+{\bf Note:} The token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions are generated
+to a file called {\tt y.tab.h} if the {\tt -y} option is used,
+otherwise it will have the format {\tt {\it name}.tab.h}, where
+{\it name} is the leading part of the parser definition filename.
+
+\section{Definitions}
+%********************
+
+\key{Declare a terminal symbol.}{\%token <{\it t\/}>
+      {\it n}}
+
+\key{Declare a terminal symbol, and define its association.}
+      {{\it association} <{\it t\/}> {\it n}}
+
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\key{Generate a reentrant (pure) parser.}
+      {\%pure_parser}
+
+\key{Define the union of all data types used in the parser.}
+      {\%union\{{\it field list}\} }
+
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\key{Tell {\tt bison} where to start parsing.}
+      {\%start {\it m}}
+
+\key{Tell {\tt bison} the data type of symbols.}
+      {\%type <{\it t\/}> {\it s1}\dots{\it sn}}
+
+\vskip .10truein
+
+In the above, {\it t} is a {\it type} defined in the {\tt \%union}
+definition,  {\it n} is a {\it terminal} symbol name, {\it m} is a
+{\it non-terminal} symbol name, and {\it association} can be one of
+{\tt \%left}, {\tt \%right}, or {\tt \%nonassoc}.
+
+\vskip .10truein
+
+The {\tt <{\it t\/}>} after {\tt \%token, \%left, \%right} and {\tt
+  \%nonassoc} is optional. Additionally, precedence may be overridden
+in the rules with {\tt \%prec} commands.
+
+\section{Parser Definition Files}
+%*********************************
+
+The general form for a parser definition is:
+
+\begincexample
+\{\%
+   /* Initial C code.  */
+\%\}
+
+ {\it Token and type definitions}
+
+\%\%
+
+   Rule definition 1
+          \vdots
+   Rule definition {\it n}
+
+\%\%
+
+  /* Other C code.  */
+\endcexample
+
+
+% Decrease standard baselineskip for the second page
+ \baselineskip = .9\baselineskip
+
+\section {Rule definitions}
+%**************************
+
+Rules take the form:
+
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+\beginexample
+     non-terminal : {\it statement} 1
+                  | {\it statement} 2
+                      \vdots
+                  | {\it statement n}
+                  ;
+\endexample
+
+Where {\it statements} can be either empty, or contain
+a mixture of C code (enclosed in {\tt \{...\}}), and the
+symbols that make up the non-terminal. For example:
+
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+\beginexample
+     expression : number '$+$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $+$ \$3 \}
+                | number '$-$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $-$ \$3 \}
+                | number '$/$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $/$ \$3 \}
+                | number '$*$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $*$ \$3 \}
+                ;
+\endexample
+
+For altering the precedence of a symbol use:
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+
+\beginexample
+     \%prec name
+\endexample
+
+For example:
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+\beginexample
+     foo : gnu bar gnu      \%prec bar
+         ;
+\endexample
+
+\section{Grammar Variables and Symbols}
+%**************************************
+
+\key{Recognize an error \& continue parsing.}{error}
+\key{Access data associated with a symbol.}  {\$\$, \$0\dots\${\it n}}
+\key{Access a field of the  data union.}    {\$\$.{\it t},
+                                     \$0.{\it t}\dots\${\it n}.{\it t}}
+\key{Access symbol's location.}             {@\$, @0\dots@{\it n}}
+\key{Access data's line location.}          {@{\it x}.{\it line\_spec}}
+\key{Access data's column location.}        {@{\it x}.{\it column\_spec}}
+
+
+\vskip .10truein
+%
+Where {\it t} is a type defined in the {\tt \%union}, {\it n} is a
+number, {\it x} is a number or \$, {\it line\_spec} one of {\tt
+  first_line} and {\tt last_line}, and {\it column\_spec} is specified
+as either {\tt first_column} or {\tt last_column}.
+
+\section {Variables and Types}
+%*****************************
+
+\key{Current look ahead token.}                {yychar}
+\key{Debug mode flag.}                         {yydebug}
+\key{Data associated with the current token.}  {yylval}
+\key{Source position of current token.}        {yylloc}
+\key{Number of errors encountered.}            {yynerrs}
+\key{Position information type.}               {YYLTYPE}
+\key{Data type associated with symbols.}       {YYSTYPE}
+
+\section {Functions}
+%*******************
+
+% Redefine to prevent overfull hboxes
+\def\key#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize
+  {\vtop {\hsize=.625\hsize \rightskip=1em #1}
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\key{User defined error handler.}         {int yyerror(char *)}
+\key{User defined lexical analyzer.}      {int yylex()}
+\key{The grammar parser.}                 {int yyparse()}
+
+% Return to previous size
+\def\key#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize
+  {\vtop {\hsize=.67\hsize \rightskip=1em #1}
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\section{Macros}
+%***************
+
+\key{Quit parsing immediately. Return 1.}           {YYABORT}
+\key{Quit parsing immediately. Return 0.}           {YYACCEPT}
+\key{Pretend a syntax error occurred.}              {YYERROR}
+\key{Value in {\tt yychar} if no look-ahead token.} {YYEMPTY}
+\key{Clear previous look ahead token.}              {yyclearin}
+\key{Recover normally from an error.}               {yyerrok}
+
+% **************
+% ** The end  **
+% **************
+
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\if 1\ncolumns
+\copyrightnotice
+\else
+\smallcopyrightnotice
+\fi
+
+\bye
+
+
+% Local variables:
+% compile-command: "tex refcard"
+% End:

etc/clcommit

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# clcommit version 0.9.5
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, Free Software Foundation
+
+# This script is Free Software, and it can be copied, distributed and
+# modified as defined in the GNU General Public License.  A copy of
+# its license can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
+
+# Originally by Gary V. Vaughan <[email protected]>
+# Pretty much rewritten by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>
+
+# This scripts eases checking in changes to CVS-maintained projects
+# with ChangeLog files.  It will check that there have been no
+# conflicting commits in the CVS repository and print which files it
+# is going to commit to stderr.  A list of files to compare and to
+# check in can be given in the command line.  If it is not given, all
+# files in the current directory (and below, unless `-l' is given) are
+# considered for check in.
+
+# The commit message will be extracted from the differences between a
+# file named ChangeLog* in the commit list, or named after -C, and the
+# one in the repository (unless a message was specified with `-m' or
+# `-F').  An empty message is not accepted (but a blank line is).  If
+# the message is acceptable, it will be presented for verification
+# (and possible edition) using the $PAGER environment variable (or
+# `more', if it is not set, or `cat', if the `-f' switch is given).
+# If $PAGER exits successfully, the modified files (at that moment)
+# are checked in, unless `-n' was specified, in which case nothing is
+# checked in.
+
+# usage: clcommit [-v] [-h] [-f] [-l] [-n] [-q] [-z N] [-C ChangeLog_file]
+#                 [-m msg|-F msg_file|-1] [--] [file|dir ...]
+
+# -f      --force       don't check (unless *followed* by -n), and just
+#                       display commit message instead of running $PAGER
+# -l      --local       don't descend into subdirectories
+# -m msg  --message=msg set commit message
+#         --msg=msg     same as -m
+# -F file --file=file   read commit message from file
+# -1      --first       extract first entry from ChangeLog, no cvs diff
+# -C file --changelog=file extract commit message from specified ChangeLog
+#         --fast        same as --force --first
+# -n      --dry-run     don't commit anything
+# -q      --quiet       run cvs in quiet mode
+# -zN     --compress=N  set compression level (0-9, 0=none, 9=max)
+# -v      --version     print version information
+# -h,-?   --help        print short or long help message
+
+name=clcommit
+: ${CVS=cvs}
+cvsopt=
+updateopt=
+commitopt=
+dry_run=false
+commit=:
+update=:
+log_file="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/commitlog.$$"
+first=false
+
+rm -f "$log_file"
+trap 'rm -f "$log_file"; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# this just eases exit handling
+main_repeat=":"
+while $main_repeat; do
+
+repeat="test $# -gt 0"
+while $repeat; do
+    case "$1" in
+    --fast)
+        shift
+	set fnord --force --first ${1+"$@"}
+	shift
+	;;
+    -f|--force)
+	update=false
+	PAGER=cat
+	shift
+	;;
+    -l|--local)
+	updateopt="$updateopt -l"
+	commitopt="$commitopt -l"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -m|--message|--msg)
+	if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	if $first || test -f "$log_file"; then
+	    echo "$name: you can have at most one of -m, -F and -1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	echo "$1" > "$log_file"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -F|--file)
+	if $first || test -f "$log_file"; then
+	    echo "$name: you can have at most one of -m, -F and -1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	if cat < "$1" > "$log_file"; then :; else
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	;;
+    -1|--first)
+        if test -f "$log_File"; then
+	    echo "$name: you can have at most one of -m, -F and -1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	first=:
+	shift
+	;;
+    -C|--[cC]hange[lL]og)
+        if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	if test ! -f "$1"; then
+	    echo "$name: ChangeLog file \`$1' does not exist" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	ChangeLog="$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -n|--dry-run)
+	commit=false
+	update=true
+	shift
+	;;
+    -q|--quiet)
+	cvsopt="$cvsopt -q"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -v|--verbose)
+	cvsopt="$cvsopt -t"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -z|--compress)
+	if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	case "$2" in
+	[0-9]) :;;
+	*)  echo "$name: invalid argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	cvsopt="$cvsopt -z$2"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+
+    -m*|-F*|-C*|-z*)
+	opt=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q'`
+	arg=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^-[a-zA-Z0-9]//'`
+	shift
+	set -- "$opt" "$arg" ${1+"$@"}
+	;;
+    --message=*|--msg=*|--file=*|--[Cc]hange[Ll]og=*|--compress=*)
+	opt=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'`
+    	arg=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^--[^=]*=//'`
+	shift
+	set -- "$opt" "$arg" ${1+"$@"}
+	;;
+
+    -v|--version)
+	sed '/^# '$name' version /,/^# Heavily modified by/ { s/^# //; p; }; d' < $0
+	exit 0
+	;;
+    -\?|-h)
+	sed '/^# usage:/,/# -h/ { s/^# //; p; }; d' < $0 &&
+	echo
+	echo "run \`$name --help | more' for full usage"
+	exit 0
+	;;
+    --help)
+	sed '/^# '$name' version /,/^[^#]/ { /^[^#]/ d; s/^# //; p; }; d' < $0
+	exit 0
+	;;
+    --)
+	shift
+	repeat=false
+	;;
+    -*)
+	echo "$name: invalid flag $1" >&2
+	break
+	;;
+    *)
+	repeat=false
+	;;
+    esac
+done
+# might have used break 2 within the previous loop, but so what
+$repeat && break
+
+$update && \
+if echo "$name: checking for conflicts..." >&2
+   ($CVS $cvsopt -q -n update $updateopt ${1+"$@"} 2>/dev/null \
+    | while read line; do
+	echo "$line"
+	echo "$line" >&3
+      done | grep '^C') 3>&1 >/dev/null; then
+  echo "$name: some conflicts were found, aborting..." >&2
+  break
+fi
+
+if test ! -f "$log_file"; then
+  if test -z "$ChangeLog"; then
+    for f in ${1+"$@"}; do
+      case "$f" in
+      ChangeLog* | */ChangeLog*)
+        if test -z "$ChangeLog"; then
+	    ChangeLog="$f"
+	else
+	    echo "$name: multiple ChangeLog files: $ChangeLog and $f" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+  fi
+
+  echo "$name: checking commit message..." >&2
+  if $first; then
+    skipping=:
+    sed 's,^,+,' < ${ChangeLog-ChangeLog} |
+    while read line; do
+      case "$line" in
+      "+2"*) if $skipping; then skipping=false; else break; fi;;
+      "+ "*)
+	echo "$name: *** Warning: lines should start with tabs, not spaces; ignoring line:" >&2
+	echo "$line" | sed 's/^.//' >&2;;
+      "+	"*)
+        $skipping || echo "$line" ;;
+      esac
+    done |
+    sed 's,^\+	,,' > "$log_file" || break
+  else
+    $CVS $cvsopt diff -u ${ChangeLog-ChangeLog} |
+    while read line; do
+      case $line in
+      "--- "*) :;;
+      "-"*)
+	echo "$name: *** Warning: the following line in ChangeLog diff is suspicious:" >&2
+	echo "$line" | sed 's/^.//' >&2;;
+      "+ "*)
+	echo "$name: *** Warning: lines should start with tabs, not spaces; ignoring line:" >&2
+	echo "$line" | sed 's/^.//' >&2;;
+      "+") echo;;
+      "+	"*) echo "$line";;
+      esac
+    done |
+    sed -e 's,\+	,,' -e '/./p' -e '/./d' -e '1d' -e '$d' > "$log_file" \
+    || break
+  fi
+# The sed script above removes "+TAB" from the beginning of a line, then
+# deletes the first and/or the last line, when they happen to be empty
+fi
+
+if grep '[^ 	]' < "$log_file" > /dev/null; then :; else
+  echo "$name: empty commit message, aborting" >&2
+  break
+fi
+
+if grep '^$' < "$log_file" > /dev/null; then
+  echo "$name: *** Warning: blank lines should not appear within commit messages." >&2
+  echo "$name: *** They should be used to separate distinct commits." >&2
+fi
+
+${PAGER-more} "$log_file" || break
+
+sleep 1 # give the user some time for a ^C
+
+# Do not check for empty $log_file again, even though the user might have
+# zeroed it out.  If s/he did, it was probably intentional.
+
+if $commit; then
+  $CVS $cvsopt commit $commitopt -F $log_file ${1+"$@"} || break
+fi
+
+main_repeat=false
+done
+
+rm -f "$log_file"
+
+# if main_repeat was not set to `false', we failed
+$main_repeat && exit 1
+exit 0

etc/make-ChangeLogs

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+for dir in . po src doc; do
+  (
+    cd $dir && rcs2log -r -l \
+  -u 'akim	Akim Demaille	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'djm	David J. MacKenzie	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'eggert	Paul Eggert	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'friedman	Noah Friedman	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'hag	Daniel Hagerty	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'jthilo	Jesse Thilo	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'meyering	Jim Meyering	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'rms	Richard Stallman	[email protected]' \
+  | sed -e 's,/opt/cvs/bison/bison/,,g' > ChangeLog
+  )
+done

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+*_.c
+.deps
+Makefile
+ansi2knr ansi2knr.*
+Makefile.in

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
+
+# config.h is in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)      \
+           -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
+           -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+
+# Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
+# understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
+# configure.in).
+EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c
+
+libbison_a_SOURCES = \
+  argmatch.h argmatch.c \
+  gettext.h \
+  basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
+  getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
+  hash.h hash.c \
+  quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
+  readpipe.c unlocked-io.h \
+  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c \
+  $(bitsets_sources) $(additional_bitsets_sources) $(timevars_sources)
+
+# Implementation of bitsets
+bitsets_sources = \
+libiberty.h \
+abitset.c  bitset.c        bitset_stats.h  ebitset.c  lbitset.h \
+abitset.h  bitset.h        bitsetv.c       ebitset.h \
+bbitset.h  bitset_stats.c  bitsetv.h       lbitset.c
+
+# Additional bitset operations.
+additional_bitsets_sources = \
+	bitsetv-print.h bitsetv-print.c
+
+# timevars, stolen from GCC.
+timevars_sources = \
+	timevar.h timevar.c timevar.def
+
+libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)

lib/abitset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+/* Array bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements fixed size bitsets stored as an array
+   of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be zero.  */
+
+typedef struct abitset_struct
+{
+  unsigned int n_bits;	/* Number of bits.  */
+  bitset_word words[1];	/* The array of bits.  */
+}
+*abitset;
+
+
+struct bitset_struct
+{
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+  struct abitset_struct a;
+};
+
+static void abitset_unused_clear PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+static int abitset_small_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				       bitset_bindex *));
+
+static void abitset_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static void abitset_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int abitset_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int abitset_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+static int abitset_op1 PARAMS ((bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_op2 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_op3 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_op4 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset,
+				enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				 bitset_bindex *));
+static int abitset_reverse_list
+PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+
+#define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+#define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
+#define ABITSET_N_BITS(X) ((X)->a.n_bits)
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+static int
+abitset_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static int
+abitset_small_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  word = ABITSET_WORDS (src)[0];
+
+  /* Short circuit common case.  */
+  if (!word)
+    return 0;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+  bitno = *next;
+  if (bitno >= size)
+    return 0;
+
+  word >>= bitno;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (num >= BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    list[count++] = bitno;
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitno;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  bitno++;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static int
+abitset_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets.  */
+  abort ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
+   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
+   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
+   stopped.  */
+static int
+abitset_reverse_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  unsigned int bitcnt;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_word word;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  count = 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
+      for (; word; bitcnt--)
+	{
+	  if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
+		  return count;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word <<= 1;
+	}
+      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+    }
+  while (windex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static int
+abitset_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_windex size = src->b.csize;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+
+  count = 0;
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
+      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
+	continue;
+      if (windex >= size)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+	 of the current word.  */
+
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bitno >= ABITSET_N_BITS (src))
+	return 0;
+
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      if (bitno)
+	{
+	  /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
+	     Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
+	     with many set bits where we filled the array
+	     on the previous call to this function.  */
+
+	  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+	  word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
+	  for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	  windex++;
+	}
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
+	continue;
+
+      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		list[count++] = bitno;
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitoff;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
+static inline void
+abitset_unused_clear (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+
+  last_bit = ABITSET_N_BITS (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  if (last_bit)
+    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op1 (dst, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  unsigned int bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_ZERO:
+      memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ONES:
+      memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
+      abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
+	if (dstp[i])
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op2 (dst, src, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_COPY:
+      if (srcp == dstp)
+	break;
+      memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * size);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_NOT:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	*dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
+      abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+      
+    case BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
+	if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+      
+    case BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+      
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op3 (dst, src1, src2, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_XOR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for single word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_ops_struct abitset_small_ops = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  abitset_op1,
+  abitset_op2,
+  abitset_op3,
+  abitset_op4,
+  abitset_small_list,
+  abitset_reverse_list,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_ops_struct abitset_ops = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  abitset_op1,
+  abitset_op2,
+  abitset_op3,
+  abitset_op4,
+  abitset_list,
+  abitset_reverse_list,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+int
+abitset_bytes (n_bits)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes, size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  bytes = size * sizeof (bitset_word);
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_struct) + bytes - sizeof (bitset_word);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+abitset_init (bset, n_bits)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  ABITSET_N_BITS (bset) = n_bits;
+
+  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
+     There is probably little merit if using caching since
+     the small bitset will always fit in the cache.  */
+  if (size == 1)
+    bset->b.ops = &abitset_small_ops;
+  else
+    bset->b.ops = &abitset_ops;
+
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = size;
+  bset->b.cdata = ABITSET_WORDS (bset);
+  return bset;
+}

lib/abitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Functions to support abitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ABITSET_H
+#define _ABITSET_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int abitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset abitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+#endif

lib/alloca.c

@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <[email protected]> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "blockinput.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
+
+#  if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#  else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   undef malloc
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size_t size)
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#  endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
+
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#   ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#    endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#    endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#include "argmatch.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
+{
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
+  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
+  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
+	{
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
+	    /* Exact match found.  */
+	    return i;
+	  else if (matchind == -1)
+	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
+	    matchind = i;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
+{
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+	 quote_n (1, context));
+}
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
+
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}

lib/bbitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* Base bitset stuff.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BBITSET_H
+#define _BBITSET_H
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Currently we support three flavours of bitsets:
+   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, faster).
+   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of array of bits (variable size, least storage
+   for large very sparse sets). 
+   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to array of bits 
+   (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets). 
+
+   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.
+*/
+enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_TYPE_NUM,
+		  BITSET_STATS};
+#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset"}
+
+enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};
+
+/* Non-zero to use inline functions instead of macros.  */
+#define BITSET_INLINE 0
+
+/* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
+typedef unsigned long bitset_word;
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
+
+/* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
+   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
+   size_t, and that is good enough.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_bindex;
+
+/* Word index.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_windex;
+
+#define BITSET_INDEX_MAX ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_MSB ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_LIST_SIZE 1024
+
+enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES, 
+		 BITSET_OP_COPY, BITSET_OP_NOT, 
+		 BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_AND, BITSET_OP_OR, BITSET_OP_XOR, BITSET_OP_ANDN, 
+		 BITSET_OP_OR_AND, BITSET_OP_AND_OR, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR};
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.ops->size (SRC) 
+
+/* Return type of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_TYPE_(DST) (DST)->b.ops->type 
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_SET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.ops->set (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.ops->reset (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Return non-zero if bit BITNO in bitset SRC is set.  */
+#define BITSET_TEST_(SRC, BITNO) (SRC)->b.ops->test (SRC, BITNO) 
+
+/* Free bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_FREE_(SRC)\
+ ((SRC)->b.ops->free ? (SRC)->b.ops->free (SRC) :(void)0)
+
+/* Perform operation OP on DST.  */
+#define BITSET_OP1_(DST, OP) (DST)->b.ops->op1 (DST, OP) 
+
+/* Perform operation OP on SRC and store in DST.  */
+#define BITSET_OP2_(DST, SRC, OP) (DST)->b.ops->op2 (DST, SRC, OP) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 OP SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OP3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, OP) \
+(DST)->b.ops->op3 (DST, SRC1, SRC2, OP) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 OP1 SRC2) OP2 SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OP4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, OP) \
+(DST)->b.ops->op4 (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, OP) 
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define BITSET_ZERO_(DST) BITSET_OP1_ (DST, BITSET_OP_ZERO);
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define BITSET_ONES_(DST) BITSET_OP1_ (DST, BITSET_OP_ONES);
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_EMPTY_P_(SRC) BITSET_OP1_ (SRC, BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P);
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_EQUAL_P_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P) 
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SUBSET_P_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P) 
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_DISJOINT_P_(DST, SRC)\
+ BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P) 
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COPY_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_COPY) 
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_NOT_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_NOT) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2,\
+  BITSET_OP_OR) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_XOR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2,\
+  BITSET_OP_XOR) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, \
+  BITSET_OP_AND) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, \
+  BITSET_OP_ANDN) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+  BITSET_OP4_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+  BITSET_OP4_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+  BITSET_OP4_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR) 
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including 
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+(BSET)->b.ops->list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_REVERSE_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+(BSET)->b.ops->reverse_list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+
+struct bbitset_struct
+{
+  struct bitset_ops_struct *ops;
+  bitset_windex cindex;		/* Cache word index.  */
+  bitset_windex csize;		/* Cache size in words.  */
+  bitset_word *cdata;		/* Cache data pointer.  */
+  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
+     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
+     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
+     This would speed up some of the searches but slightly slow down
+     bit set/reset operations of cached bits.  */
+};
+
+
+typedef struct bitset_struct *bitset;
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
+struct bitset_ops_struct
+{
+  void (*set) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex));
+  void (*reset) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*test) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*size) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *));
+  int (*op1) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*op2) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*op3) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      struct bitset_struct *, enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*op4) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*list) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex *,
+		       bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+  int (*reverse_list) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex *,
+			       bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+  void (*free) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *));
+  enum bitset_type type;
+};
+
+#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) ((BSET1)->b.ops == (BSET2)->b.ops)
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();
+
+
+extern int bitset_op4 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset, 
+			       enum bitset_ops op));
+
+#endif /* _BBITSET_H  */

lib/bitset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+/* General bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+static void bitset_print PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset, int));
+
+
+/* Return number of bytes required to create a N_BIT bitset
+   of TYPE.  The bitset may grow to require more bytes than this.  */
+int
+bitset_bytes (type, n_bits)
+     enum bitset_type type;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_bytes ();
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset BSET of TYPE for N_BITS.  */
+bitset
+bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+  
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      return abitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      return lbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Select a bitset type for a set of N_BITS and with attribute hints
+   specified by ATTR.  For variable size bitsets, N_BITS is only a
+   hint and may be zero.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  /* Check attributes.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
+    abort ();
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Note that sometimes we will be asked for a zero length
+     fixed size bitset.  */
+
+  /* Choose the type of bitset.  */
+
+  type = BITSET_ARRAY;
+  /* Currently, the simple bitsets do not support a variable size.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_VARIABLE || attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
+    {
+      type = BITSET_LIST;
+      if (attr & BITSET_DENSE || attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
+	type = BITSET_TABLE;
+    }
+
+  return type;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_alloc (n_bits, type)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+
+  /* The cache is disabled until some elements are allocated.  If we
+     have variable length arrays, then we may need to allocate a dummy
+     element.  */
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_obstack_alloc (bobstack, n_bits, type)
+     struct obstack *bobstack;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = obstack_alloc (bobstack, bytes);
+  memset (bset, 0, bytes);
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS and with attribute hints specified by
+   ATTR.  */
+bitset
+bitset_create (n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+
+  return bitset_alloc (n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET.  */
+void
+bitset_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+  free (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET allocated on obstack.  */
+void
+bitset_obstack_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_get (bset)
+   bitset bset;
+{
+   enum bitset_type type;
+
+   type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset);
+   if (type != BITSET_STATS)
+      return type;
+   
+   return bitset_stats_type_get (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Find next bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return -1 if SRC empty.  */
+int
+bitset_next (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return -1;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return -1 if SRC empty.  */
+int
+bitset_prev (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_reverse_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return -1;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find first set bit.   */
+int
+bitset_first (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return bitset_next (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Find last set bit.   */
+int
+bitset_last (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return bitset_prev (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
+int
+bitset_only_set_p (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val[2];
+  bitset_bindex next = 0;
+
+  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
+    return 0;
+  return val[0] == bitno;
+}
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+int
+bitset_toggle (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
+     required.  */
+  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
+    {
+      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
+static void
+bitset_print (file, bset, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     bitset bset;
+     int verbose;
+{
+  unsigned int i, pos;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %d, set = {", bitset_size (bset));
+
+  pos = 30;
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
+  {
+    if (pos > 70)
+      {
+	fprintf (file, "\n");
+	pos = 0;
+      }
+
+    fprintf (file, "%d ", i);
+    pos += 1 + (i >= 10) + (i >= 100);
+  };
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "}\n");
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_copy (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+    return BITSET_COPY_ (dst, src);
+
+  /* Convert bitset types.  We assume that the DST bitset
+     is large enough to hold the SRC bitset.  */
+  bitset_zero (dst);
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+  {
+     bitset_set (dst, i);
+  };
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_count (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  int num;
+  int count;
+  
+  /* This could be greatly sped up by adding a count method for each
+     bitset implementation that uses a direct technique (based on
+     masks) for counting the number of bits set in a word.  */
+
+  next = 0;
+  for (count = 0; (num = bitset_list (src, list, BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &next));
+       count += num)
+    continue;
+  
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+int
+bitset_zero (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  return BITSET_ZERO_ (dst);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+int
+bitset_ones (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  return BITSET_ONES_ (dst);
+}
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+int
+bitset_empty_p (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_subset_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_equal_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+int
+bitset_disjoint_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_not (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_NOT_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_or (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_OR_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_and (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_AND_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_xor (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_XOR_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_andn (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_ANDN_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
+   four operand operations.  */
+int
+bitset_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset tmp;
+
+  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
+  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      BITSET_OR_ (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = BITSET_AND_ (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      BITSET_AND_ (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = BITSET_OR_ (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      BITSET_ANDN_ (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = BITSET_OR_ (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bitset_free (tmp);
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_or_and (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_and_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_andn_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset BSET to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_dump (file, bset)
+     FILE *file;
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  bitset_print (file, bset, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset.  */
+void
+debug_bitset (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  if (bset)
+    bitset_print (stderr, bset, 1);
+}
+
+
+/* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
+void
+bitset_release_memory ()
+{
+  lbitset_release_memory ();
+  ebitset_release_memory ();
+}

lib/bitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/* Generic bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H
+#define _BITSET_H 
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Attributes used to select a bitset implementation.  */
+enum bitset_attr {BITSET_FIXED = 1,    /* Bitset size fixed.  */
+		  BITSET_VARIABLE = 2, /* Bitset size variable.  */
+		  BITSET_DENSE = 4,    /* Bitset dense.  */
+		  BITSET_SPARSE = 8,   /* Bitset sparse.  */
+		  BITSET_FRUGAL = 16,  /* Prefer most compact.  */
+		  BITSET_GREEDY = 32}; /* Prefer fastest.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int bitset_attrs;
+
+/* The contents of the structure should be considered to be private.
+   While I would like to make this structure opaque, it needs to be
+   visible for the inline bit set/test functions.  */
+struct bitset_struct
+{
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+};
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.
+   It is used for iterating over set bits.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  int num;
+  int i;
+} bitset_iterator;
+
+
+/* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
+extern int bitset_bytes PARAMS ((enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
+extern bitset bitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
+   and attributes.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose PARAMS ((bitset_bindex,
+						    bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
+   bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *bobstack,
+					    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
+extern void bitset_obstack_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_count PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+#if BITSET_INLINE
+static inline void bitset_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static inline void bitset_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static inline int bitset_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void bitset_set (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] |= ((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void bitset_reset (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] &= ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline int bitset_test (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if ! BITSET_INLINE
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_set(bset, bitno)					\
+do   								\
+{    								\
+  bitset_bindex _bitno = (bitno);				\
+  bitset_windex _index = _bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS; 		\
+  bitset_windex _offset = _index - (bset)->b.cindex;		\
+  								\
+  if (_offset < (bset)->b.csize)					\
+    (bset)->b.cdata[_offset] |=					\
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << (_bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)); 	\
+  else  							\
+    BITSET_SET_ ((bset), _bitno);				\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_reset(bset, bitno)				\
+do   								\
+{    								\
+  bitset_bindex _bitno = (bitno);				\
+  bitset_windex _index = _bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS; 		\
+  bitset_windex _offset = _index - (bset)->b.cindex;		\
+  								\
+  if (_offset < (bset)->b.csize)					\
+    (bset)->b.cdata[_offset] &=					\
+      ~((bitset_word) 1 << (_bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)); 	\
+  else  							\
+    BITSET_RESET_ ((bset), _bitno);				\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_test(bset, bitno) \
+(((((bitno) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) - (bset)->b.cindex) < (bset)->b.csize) \
+  ? (((int)							\
+      ((bset)->b.cdata[(((bitno) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) - (bset)->b.cindex)] \
+       >> ((bitno) % BITSET_WORD_BITS)))			\
+     & 1)							\
+  : BITSET_TEST_ ((bset), (bitno)))
+#endif
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+extern int bitset_toggle PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+extern int bitset_zero PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+extern int bitset_ones PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return non-zero if all bits in bitset SRC are reset.  */
+extern int bitset_empty_p PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_subset_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_equal_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+extern int bitset_disjoint_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST == SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_copy PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_not PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_xor PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_andn PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+extern int bitset_or_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+extern int bitset_and_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+extern int bitset_andn_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* Find next bit set in BSET starting from and including BITNO.  */
+extern int bitset_next PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find previous bit set in BSET starting from and including BITNO.  */
+extern int bitset_prev PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_only_set_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including 
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+BITSET_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_reverse_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+BITSET_REVERSE_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find first set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_first PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Find last set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_last PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Dump bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting BIT
+   to the index of each set bit.  */
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)				      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list, 			      \
+                                   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)	      \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
+   MIN,  setting BIT to the index of each set bit.  */
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)			      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,		      \
+                                          BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)    \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
+
+#define bitset_diff(DST, SRC1, SRC2)  bitset_andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_intersection(DST, SRC1, SRC2)  bitset_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2)  bitset_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_diff_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) 
+
+
+/* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
+extern void bitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_enable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_disable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_read PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_write PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Dump bitset stats.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_dump PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset_stats PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* _BITSET_H  */
+

lib/bitset_stats.c

@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/* Bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+/* This file is a wrapper bitset implementation for the other bitset
+   implementations.  It provides bitset compatibility checking and
+   statistics gathering without having to instrument the bitset
+   implementations.  When statistics gathering is enabled, the bitset
+   operations get vectored through here and we then call the appropriate
+   routines.  
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+
+/* Configuration macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_FILE "bitset.dat"
+#define BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS 10
+#define BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS  16
+#define BITSET_DENSITY_BINS  20
+
+
+/* Accessor macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC(TYPE)	 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[(TYPE)].allocs++
+#define BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].frees++
+#define BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].lists++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_counts[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_sizes[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_density[(I)]++
+
+
+typedef struct bitset_stats_struct
+{
+  bitset bset;
+} *bitset_stats;
+
+
+struct bitset_struct
+{
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+  struct bitset_stats_struct s;
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_type_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int allocs;
+  unsigned int frees;
+  unsigned int lists;
+  unsigned int sets;
+  unsigned int cache_sets;
+  unsigned int resets;
+  unsigned int cache_resets;
+  unsigned int tests;
+  unsigned int cache_tests;
+  unsigned int list_counts[BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_sizes[BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_density[BITSET_DENSITY_BINS];
+};
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int runs;
+  struct bitset_type_info_struct types[BITSET_TYPE_NUM];
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
+int bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+
+
+static void bitset_stats_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static void bitset_stats_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int bitset_stats_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int bitset_stats_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_op1 PARAMS ((bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_op2 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_op3 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_op4 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset,
+				     enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				      bitset_bindex *));
+static int bitset_stats_reverse_list
+PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+static void bitset_stats_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void bitset_percent_histogram_print PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+						    const char *,
+						    unsigned int,
+						    unsigned int *));
+static void bitset_log_histogram_print PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+						const char *,
+						unsigned int,
+						unsigned int *));
+static void bitset_stats_print_1
+PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, struct bitset_type_info_struct *));
+static void bitset_stats_print PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+
+
+/* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, msg, n_bins, bins)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *msg;
+     unsigned int n_bins;
+     unsigned int *bins;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%.0f-%.0f%%\t%8d (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     i * 100.0 / n_bins,
+	     (i + 1) * 100.0 / n_bins, bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print a log histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, msg, n_bins, bins)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *msg;
+     unsigned int n_bins;
+     unsigned int *bins;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+  unsigned int max_width;
+  unsigned int last_bin;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = n_bins; i > 3 && ! bins[i - 1]; i--)
+     continue;
+  last_bin = i - 1;
+
+  /* 2 * ceil (log10 (2) * (N - 1)) + 1.  */
+  max_width = 2 * (unsigned int) (0.30103 * (n_bins - 1) + 0.9999) + 1;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d\t%8d (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width, i, bins[i], 100.0 * bins[i] / total);
+
+  for (; i <= last_bin; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d-%d\t%8d (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
+	     1 << (i - 1), (1 << i) - 1, bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print_1 (file, name, stats)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     struct bitset_type_info_struct *stats;
+{
+  if (!stats)
+    return;
+  
+  fprintf (file, "%s:\n", name);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_allocs, %d freed (%.2f%%).\n"),
+	   stats->allocs, stats->frees,
+	   stats->allocs ? 100.0 * stats->frees / stats->allocs : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_sets, %d cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->sets, stats->cache_sets,
+	   stats->sets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_sets / stats->sets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_resets, %d cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->resets, stats->cache_resets,
+	   stats->resets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_resets / stats->resets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_tests, %d cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->tests, stats->cache_tests,
+	   stats->tests ? 100.0 * stats->cache_tests / stats->tests : 0);
+
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_lists\n"), stats->lists);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("count log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS, stats->list_counts);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("size log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS, stats->list_sizes);
+
+  bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, _("density histogram\n"),
+				  BITSET_DENSITY_BINS, stats->list_density);
+}
+
+
+/* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print (file, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  int i;
+  static const char *names[] = BITSET_TYPE_NAMES;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, _("Bitset statistics:\n\n"));
+
+  if (bitset_stats_info->runs > 1)
+    fprintf (file, _("Accumulated runs = %d\n"), bitset_stats_info->runs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < BITSET_TYPE_NUM; i++)
+    bitset_stats_print_1 (file, names[i], &bitset_stats_info->types[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset statistics logging.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_enable ()
+{
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 1;
+}
+
+
+void
+bitset_stats_disable ()
+{
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Read bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_read (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+  
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fread (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		 1, file) != 1)
+	{
+	  if (ferror (file))
+	    perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
+	  else
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("Bad stats file size.\n"));
+	}
+      fclose (file);
+    }
+  bitset_stats_info_data.runs++;
+}
+
+
+/* Write bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_write (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "w");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fwrite (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		  1, file) != 1)
+	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
+      fclose (file);
+    }
+  else
+    perror (_("Could not open stats file for writing."));
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_dump (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (file, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset stats.  */
+void
+debug_bitset_stats (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (stderr, 1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] |= (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] &=
+	~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC (bset);
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC (bset);
+      return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op1 (dst, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  return BITSET_OP1_ (dst->s.bset, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op2 (dst, src, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_OP2_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op3 (dst, src1, src2, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_OP3_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  /* This is a bit of a hack.  If the implementation handles
+     a four operand operation then vector to it, passing
+     the enclosed bitsets.  Otherwise use the fallback 
+     bitset_op4 routine.  */
+  if (dst->s.bset->b.ops->op4 != bitset_op4)
+     return BITSET_OP4_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset,
+			 src3->s.bset, op);
+
+  return bitset_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_list (bset, list, num, next)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_bindex tmp;
+  bitset_bindex size;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  count = BITSET_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+  
+  type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  
+  /* Log histogram of number of set bits.  */
+  for (i = 0, tmp = count; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  
+  /* Log histogram of number of bits in set.  */
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  for (i = 0, tmp = size; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  
+  /* Histogram of fraction of bits set.  */
+  i = size ? (count * BITSET_DENSITY_BINS) / size : 0;
+  if (i >= BITSET_DENSITY_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_DENSITY_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_reverse_list (bset, list, num, next)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  return BITSET_REVERSE_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+struct bitset_ops_struct bitset_stats_ops = {
+  bitset_stats_set,
+  bitset_stats_reset,
+  bitset_stats_test,
+  bitset_stats_size,
+  bitset_stats_op1,
+  bitset_stats_op2,
+  bitset_stats_op3,
+  bitset_stats_op4,
+  bitset_stats_list,
+  bitset_stats_reverse_list,
+  bitset_stats_free,
+  BITSET_STATS
+};
+
+
+/* Return enclosed bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_stats_type_get (bset)
+   bitset bset;
+{
+   return BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+int bitset_stats_bytes (void)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_struct);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset sbset;
+
+  bset->b.ops = &bitset_stats_ops;
+
+  /* Disable cache.  */
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = 0;
+  bset->b.cdata = 0;
+
+  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
+     we are a wrapper over.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      abitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      lbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bset->s.bset = sbset;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC (type);
+  
+  return bset;
+}

lib/bitset_stats.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Functions to support bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_STATS_H
+#define _BITSET_STATS_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int bitset_stats_enabled;
+
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_stats_bytes PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern bitset bitset_stats_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, 
+					 enum bitset_type));
+
+#endif

lib/bitsetv-print.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of Bison.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv-print.h"
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------.
+| Display the MATRIX array of SIZE bitsets of size SIZE.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void
+bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
+{
+  size_t i, j;
+  size_t hsize = bitset_size (bset[0]);
+
+  /* Title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s BEGIN\n", title);
+
+  /* Column numbers. */
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc (i / 10 ? '0' + i / 10 : ' ', out);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    fprintf (out, "%d", i % 10);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  .", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs (".\n", out);
+
+  /* Contents. */
+  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
+    {
+      fprintf (out, "%2d|", i);
+      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
+	fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
+      fputs ("|\n", out);
+    }
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  `", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs ("'\n", out);
+
+  /* End title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s END\n\n", title);
+}

lib/bitsetv-print.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+#define _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
+extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+					 bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/bitsetv.c

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GCC.
+
+GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type)
+     unsigned int n_vecs;
+     unsigned int n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int vector_bytes;
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset *bsetv;
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  /* Determine number of bytes for each set.  */
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+  
+  /* Allocate vector table at head of bitset array.  */
+  vector_bytes = (n_vecs + 1) * sizeof (bitset);
+  bsetv = (bitset *) xcalloc (1, vector_bytes + bytes * n_vecs);
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < n_vecs; i++)
+    {
+      bsetv[i] = (bitset) ((char *) bsetv + vector_bytes + i * bytes);
+      
+      bitset_init (bsetv[i], n_bits, type);
+    }
+  
+  /* Null terminate table.  */
+  bsetv[i] = 0;
+  return bsetv;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_create (n_vecs, n_bits, attr)
+     unsigned int n_vecs;
+     unsigned int n_bits;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+  
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+  return bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset vector BSETV.  */
+void
+bitsetv_free (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+      BITSET_FREE_ (bsetv[i]);
+  free (bsetv);
+}
+
+
+/* Zero a vector of bitsets.  */
+void
+bitsetv_zero (bsetv)
+     struct bitset_struct **bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_zero (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Set a vector of bitsets to ones.  */
+void
+bitsetv_ones (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_ones (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+void
+bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int j;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    for (j = 0; bsetv[j]; j++)
+      if (bitset_test (bsetv[j], i))
+        bitset_or (bsetv[j], bsetv[j], bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is 
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+void
+bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_set (bsetv[i], i);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump the contents of a bitset vector BSETV with N_VECS elements to
+   FILE.  */
+void
+bitsetv_dump (file, title, subtitle, bsetv)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *title, *subtitle;
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%s %d\n", subtitle, i);
+      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
+    }
+  
+  fprintf (file, "\n");
+}
+
+
+void
+debug_bitsetv (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%d: ", i);
+      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
+    }
+  
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}

lib/bitsetv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_H
+#define _BITSETV_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+typedef bitset * bitsetv;
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int,
+				      enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_create PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int,
+				       unsigned int));
+
+/* Free vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_free PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_zero PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Set vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_ones PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is 
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+				  const char *, bitsetv));
+
+/* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitsetv PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/dirname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
+   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
+  newpath[length] = 0;
+  return newpath;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/dirname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/ebitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support ebitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EBITSET_H
+#define _EBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int ebitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset ebitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void ebitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif

lib/error.c

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (
+#if __STDC__ - 0
+			      void
+#endif
+			      );
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+			     ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#   endif
+#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
+static char *
+private_strerror (int errnum)
+{
+  extern char *sys_errlist[];
+  extern int sys_nerr;
+
+  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
+  return _("Unknown system error");
+}
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+}
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+		wmessage = NULL;
+
+	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+
+	      if (wmessage == NULL)
+		{
+		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+		  return;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+	  tmp =message;
+	}
+      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
+	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+    }
+  else
+#  endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
+  else
+# endif
+    putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     const char *file_name;
+     unsigned int line_number;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+	return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+    }
+
+  if (file_name != NULL)
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif

lib/error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
+			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+#else
+void error ();
+void error_at_line ();
+extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
+#endif
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

lib/getopt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <stdlib.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc (and will declare getopt).  Fall back on <ctype.h> if
+   <stdlib.h> might not exist.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H || STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
+#  include <ctype.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
+  const char *name;
+# else
+  char *name;
+# endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
+# if defined HAVE_DECL_GETOPT && !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT
+#  ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+#  else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#  endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+# endif /* defined HAVE_DECL_GETOPT && !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98, 2002
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */

lib/gettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

lib/hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <[email protected]>, 1998.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef HASH_H_
+# define HASH_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+
+struct hash_entry
+  {
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
+  };
+
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
+struct hash_table;
+
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
+
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
+
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+#endif

lib/lbitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support lbitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LBITSET_H
+#define _LBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int lbitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset lbitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void lbitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif

lib/libiberty.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Fake libiberty.h for Bison.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Bison depends on libiberty's implementation of bitsets, which
+   requires a `libiberty.h' file.  This file provides the minimum
+   services.  */
+
+#ifndef BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_
+# define BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# endif
+
+# include "xalloc.h"
+
+#endif /* ! BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ */

lib/malloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}

lib/memchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund ([email protected]),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin ([email protected]) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy ([email protected]);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski ([email protected]),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath ([email protected]).
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
+
+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n, ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
+
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+#endif
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+      else
+	++char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund ([email protected]),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin ([email protected]) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy ([email protected]);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski ([email protected]),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif

lib/mkstemp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkstemp to rpl_mkstemp (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkstemp on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef mkstemp
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+int __gen_tempname ();
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+rpl_mkstemp (char *template)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
+}

lib/obstack.c

@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define POINTER void *
+# else
+#  define POINTER char *
+# endif
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
+# define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
+union fooround {long x; double d;};
+# define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
+
+/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
+   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
+   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
+   or `char' as a last resort.  */
+# ifndef COPYING_UNIT
+#  define COPYING_UNIT int
+# endif
+
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This can be set to a user defined function which should either
+   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
+   variable by default points to the internal function
+   `print_and_abort'.  */
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+static void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+# else
+static void print_and_abort ();
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
+# endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+# if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+# ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#  define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+# endif
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
+   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
+
+struct obstack *_obstack;
+
+/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
+   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
+   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
+   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
+   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#  define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+# else
+#  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#  define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+# endif
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
+   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
+     void (*freefun) (void *);
+# else
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+# endif
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+# else
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+# endif
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
+     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
+# else
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+# endif
+     POINTER arg;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+# else
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+# endif
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (h, length)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int length;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
+  register long	new_size;
+  register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  register long i;
+  long already;
+  char *object_base;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (new_chunk->contents) + h->alignment_mask)
+		  & ~ (h->alignment_mask));
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
+     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
+     is sufficiently aligned.  */
+  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
+    {
+      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
+	   i >= 0; i--)
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
+	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
+      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
+	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
+	 which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
+      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
+    }
+  else
+    already = 0;
+  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
+  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
+    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object)
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = object_base;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
+# endif
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+# undef obstack_free
+
+/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
+   This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* This function is used from ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+# ifndef _
+#  if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+#   include <libintl.h>
+#   ifndef _
+#    define _(Str) gettext (Str)
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define _(Str) (Str)
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+static void
+__attribute__ ((noreturn))
+print_and_abort ()
+{
+  /* Don't change any of these strings.  Yes, it would be possible to add
+     the newline to the string and use fputs or so.  But this must not
+     happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
+     like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
+     a very similar string which requires a separate translation.  */
+# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+  else
+# endif
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
+# if 0
+/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
+   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
+
+/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
+   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
+
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
+   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
+
+/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent
+   the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there.  */
+
+POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_base (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_next_free (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_object_size) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_object_size (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_room) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_room (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, data, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER data;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow (obstack, data, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, data, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER data;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, data, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_finish (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, address, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER address;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, address, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER address;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
+}
+
+#  endif /* PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) */
+
+# endif /* 0 */
+
+#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+/* obstack.h - object stack macros
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997,
+   1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Summary:
+
+All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
+is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
+very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
+Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
+evaluated MANY times!!
+
+These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
+small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
+by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
+been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
+stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
+stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
+
+These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
+supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
+by calling `obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
+them before using any obstack macros.
+
+Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'.
+Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
+as the first argument.
+
+One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
+in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
+--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
+would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
+symbols.
+
+In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
+few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
+how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
+buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
+that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
+want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
+symbol-table entry say about half the time.
+
+With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
+names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
+When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
+free the newly read name.
+
+The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
+low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
+add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
+have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
+you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
+Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
+because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
+long as an average object.
+
+In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
+the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
+so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
+needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
+never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
+change its address during its lifetime.
+
+When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
+chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
+chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
+accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
+
+A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
+growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
+break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
+
+Summary:
+	We allocate large chunks.
+	We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
+	Once carved, an object never moves.
+	We are free to append data of any size to the currently
+	  growing object.
+	Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
+	You can run one obstack per control block.
+	You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
+	Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack
+	  back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
+	  as you would with a stack.)
+*/
+
+
+/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
+   because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
+   may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
+
+#ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
+# define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((void *) ((P) + (char *) 0))
+# else
+#  define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We need the type of the resulting object.  If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is
+   defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the
+   namespace with <stddef.h>'s symbols.  Otherwise, if <stddef.h> is
+   available, include it and use ptrdiff_t.  In traditional C, long is
+   the best that we can do.  */
+
+#ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+# define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
+# else
+#  define PTR_INT_TYPE long
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+# ifdef memcpy
+#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+# else
+#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
+{
+  char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;	/* address of prior chunk or NULL */
+  char	contents[4];		/* objects begin here */
+};
+
+struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
+{
+  long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
+  char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
+  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
+  PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
+  int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#else
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
+  void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
+  char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#endif
+  unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
+  unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
+				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
+				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
+				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+				   handler on error, but retained for binary
+				   compatibility.  */
+};
+
+/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
+
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
+extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
+extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			     void *(*) (void *, long),
+			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
+#else
+extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
+extern void _obstack_free ();
+extern int _obstack_begin ();
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
+#endif
+
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+
+/* Do the function-declarations after the structs
+   but before defining the macros.  */
+
+void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+
+void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
+
+void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+
+void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+
+void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
+void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+#endif /* PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) */
+
+/* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
+   so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
+   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
+   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+#else
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
+
+/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
+   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
+   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
+
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)
+
+/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
+
+#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
+
+/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
+
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)
+
+/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
+
+#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
+
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
+   standard C version.  */
+#if PROTOYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+
+# define obstack_init(h)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,				\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), 			   \
+		  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),		\
+		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#else
+
+# define obstack_init(h)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, 			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc,			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				   \
+		  (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				\
+		    (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+
+# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
+
+# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
+
+#endif
+
+#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
+
+#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
+   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
+   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define __extension__
+# endif
+
+/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
+   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
+   without using a global variable.
+   Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
+
+# define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
+
+# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); })
+
+# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
+   shares that much alignment.  */
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
+
+# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_blank (__h, (length));					\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict
+   when obstack_blank is called.  */
+# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)  					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *value;								\
+   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
+   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+   __o1->next_free							\
+     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
+   value; })
+
+# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *__obj = (OBJ);							\
+   if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit)  \
+     __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *)__obj;			\
+   else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); })
+
+#else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(h) \
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+
+# define obstack_room(h)		\
+ (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(h) \
+ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0)
+
+/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
+   so that we can avoid having void expressions
+   in the arms of the conditional expression.
+   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
+   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
+
+# define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
+
+# define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
+
+# define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
+
+# define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
+( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
+  (*((const char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((const char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
+
+# define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))
+
+# define obstack_alloc(h,length)					\
+ (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy0(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_finish(h)  						\
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
+   : 0),								\
+  (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
+  (h)->next_free							\
+    = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
+		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
+  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
+# else
+#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (_obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0)))
+# endif
+
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}	/* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* obstack.h */

lib/quote.c

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* quote.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
+   for NAME, suitable for diagnostics.  */
+char const *
+quote_n (int n, char const *name)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (n, locale_quoting_style, name);
+}
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME, suitable
+   for diagnostics.  */
+char const *
+quote (char const *name)
+{
+  return quote_n (0, name);
+}

lib/quote.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
+char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(text) gettext (text)
+#else
+# define _(text) text
+#endif
+#define N_(text) text
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX ((unsigned int) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
+# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
+#else
+# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* BSD/OS 4.1 wchar.h requires FILE and struct tm to be declared.  */
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <time.h>
+
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
+/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
+   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
+   syntax.  */
+# undef MB_CUR_MAX
+# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
+# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
+# undef HAVE_MBSINIT
+#endif
+
+#if !defined mbsinit && !HAVE_MBSINIT
+# define mbsinit(ps) 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef iswprint
+# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+#  include <wctype.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+#  define iswprint(wc) 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  "locale",
+  "clocale",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style,
+  locale_quoting_style,
+  clocale_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options *p
+    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
+   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
+static char const *
+gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  char const *translation = _(msgid);
+  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
+    translation = "\"";
+  return translation;
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
+   non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+
+   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
+   ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
+   style specified by O, and O may not be null.  */
+
+static size_t
+quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+			  char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+			  enum quoting_style quoting_style,
+			  struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len = 0;
+  char const *quote_string = 0;
+  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
+  int backslash_escapes = 0;
+  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
+
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+	if (len < buffersize) \
+	  buffer[len] = (c); \
+	len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      STORE ('"');
+      backslash_escapes = 1;
+      quote_string = "\"";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case escape_quoting_style:
+      backslash_escapes = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case locale_quoting_style:
+    case clocale_quoting_style:
+      {
+	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
+
+	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
+	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
+	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
+	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
+	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
+
+	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
+	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
+	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
+	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
+	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
+	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
+
+	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
+	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
+	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+	  STORE (*quote_string);
+	backslash_escapes = 1;
+	quote_string = right;
+	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      STORE ('\'');
+      quote_string = "'";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char c;
+      unsigned char esc;
+
+      if (backslash_escapes
+	  && quote_string_len
+	  && i + quote_string_len <= argsize
+	  && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
+	STORE ('\\');
+
+      c = arg[i];
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '\0':
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      c = '0';
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  switch (quoting_style)
+	    {
+	    case shell_quoting_style:
+	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+
+	    case c_quoting_style:
+	      if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
+		switch (arg[i + 2])
+		  {
+		  case '!': case '\'':
+		  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
+		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
+		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
+		       a trigraph.  */
+		    i += 2;
+		    c = arg[i + 2];
+		    STORE ('?');
+		    STORE ('\\');
+		    STORE ('?');
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+
+	c_and_shell_escape:
+	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
+	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+	c_escape:
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      c = esc;
+	      goto store_escape;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '#': case '~':
+	  if (i != 0)
+	    break;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case ' ':
+	case '!': /* special in bash */
+	case '"': case '$': case '&':
+	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+	case '<': case '>': case '[':
+	case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+	case '`': case '|':
+	  /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
+	     be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
+	     we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
+	     doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
+	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
+	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\'':
+	  switch (quoting_style)
+	    {
+	    case shell_quoting_style:
+	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+
+	    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
+	case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+	case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+	case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+	case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+	case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
+	case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
+	case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
+	case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
+	case '{': case '}':
+	  /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
+	     quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.  */
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
+	     its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
+	     state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
+	     unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
+	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
+	  {
+	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
+	    size_t m;
+
+	    int printable;
+
+	    if (unibyte_locale)
+	      {
+		m = 1;
+		printable = ISPRINT (c);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+
+		m = 0;
+		printable = 1;
+		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
+		  argsize = strlen (arg);
+
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t w;
+		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
+					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      break;
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
+			  m++;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			if (! iswprint (w))
+			  printable = 0;
+			m += bytes;
+		      }
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+
+	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
+	      {
+		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
+		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
+		size_t ilim = i + m;
+
+		for (;;)
+		  {
+		    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
+		      {
+			STORE ('\\');
+			STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+			c = '0' + (c & 7);
+		      }
+		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
+		      break;
+		    STORE (c);
+		    c = arg[++i];
+		  }
+
+		goto store_c;
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+
+      if (! (backslash_escapes
+	     && o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
+	goto store_c;
+
+    store_escape:
+      STORE ('\\');
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (quote_string)
+    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+      STORE (*quote_string);
+
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+
+ use_shell_always_quoting_style:
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+				   shell_always_quoting_style, o);
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+				   p->style, p);
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
+   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
+     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
+  static char slot0[256];
+  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
+  unsigned int n0 = n;
+  struct slotvec
+    {
+      size_t size;
+      char *val;
+    };
+  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
+  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (nslots <= n0)
+    {
+      unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
+
+      if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
+	  && n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
+	xalloc_die ();
+
+      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
+	{
+	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
+	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
+	}
+      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
+      nslots = n1;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
+    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
+      }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
+static struct quoting_options
+quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o;
+  o.style = style;
+  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
+  return o;
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, (size_t) -1, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
+
+#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
+# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
+    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
+    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
+    escape_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=escape */
+    locale_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=locale */
+    clocale_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=clocale */
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
+# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+#  define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+# endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+				enum quoting_style s));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+				struct quoting_options const *o));
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
+   options to specify the quoting method.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
+   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
+   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_mem PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s,
+				    char const *arg, size_t argsize));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
+char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */

lib/readpipe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Open a pipe to read from a program without intermediary sh.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Open a pipe to read from a program without intermediary sh.  Checks
+   PATH.  Sample use:
+
+   stream = readpipe ("progname", "arg1", "arg2", (char *) 0);
+
+   Return 0 on error.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+FILE *
+readpipe (char *progname, ...)
+#else
+FILE *
+readpipe (va_alist)
+#endif
+{
+#if ! __STDC__
+  char *progname;
+#endif
+  int fds[2];
+  va_list ap;
+  char *args[100];
+  int argno = 0;
+
+  /* Copy arguments into `args'. */
+#if __STDC__
+  va_start (ap, progname);
+#else
+  va_start (ap);
+  progname = va_arg (ap, char *);
+#endif
+  args[argno++] = progname;
+  while ((args[argno++] = va_arg (ap, char *)) != NULL)
+    ;
+  va_end (ap);
+
+  if (pipe (fds) == -1)
+    return 0;
+
+  switch (fork ())
+    {
+    case 0:			/* Child.  Write to pipe. */
+      close (fds[0]);		/* Not needed. */
+      if (fds[1] != 1)		/* Redirect 1 (stdout) only if needed.  */
+	{
+	  close (1);		/* We don't want the old stdout. */
+	  if (dup (fds[1]) == 0)/* Maybe stdin was closed. */
+	    {
+	      dup (fds[1]);	/* Guaranteed to dup to 1 (stdout). */
+	      close (0);
+	    }
+	  close (fds[1]);	/* No longer needed. */
+	}
+      execvp (args[0], args);
+      _exit (2);		/* 2 for `cmp'. */
+    case -1:			/* Error. */
+      return 0;
+    default:			/* Parent.  Read from pipe. */
+      close (fds[1]);		/* Not needed. */
+      return fdopen (fds[0], "r");
+    }
+}

lib/realloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef realloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
+   use malloc.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_realloc (p, n)
+     char *p;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  if (p == 0)
+    return malloc (n);
+  return realloc (p, n);
+}

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#undef stpcpy
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
+char *
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif

lib/strchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+char *
+strchr (const char *s, int c)
+{
+  return index (s, c);
+}

lib/strnlen.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+/* Temporarily redefine strnlen so that an inconsistent prototype
+   (on at least AIX4.3.2.0 w/gcc-2.95.3) doesn't cause trouble.  */
+# define strnlen system_strnlen
+# include <string.h>
+# undef strnlen
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+char *memchr ();
+#endif
+
+#undef __strnlen
+#undef strnlen
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strnlen strnlen
+#endif
+
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+
+size_t
+__strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)
+#endif

lib/strspn.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
+   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#undef strspn
+
+/* Return the length of the maximum initial segment
+   of S which contains only characters in ACCEPT.  */
+size_t
+strspn (s, accept)
+     const char *s;
+     const char *accept;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  const char *a;
+  size_t count = 0;
+
+  for (p = s; *p != '\0'; ++p)
+    {
+      for (a = accept; *a != '\0'; ++a)
+	if (*p == *a)
+	  break;
+      if (*a == '\0')
+	return count;
+      else
+	++count;
+    }
+
+  return count;
+}

lib/tempname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+#endif
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE	0
+# define __GT_BIGFILE	1
+# define __GT_DIR	2
+# define __GT_NOCREATE	3
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H || _LIBC
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H || _LIBC
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H || _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __getpid getpid
+# define __gettimeofday gettimeofday
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __open64 open
+# define __lxstat64(version, path, buf) lstat (path, buf)
+# define __xstat64(version, path, buf) stat (path, buf)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (HAVE___SECURE_GETENV || _LIBC)
+# define __secure_getenv getenv
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <hp-timing.h>
+# if HP_TIMING_AVAIL
+#  define RANDOM_BITS(Var) \
+  if (__builtin_expect (value == UINT64_C (0), 0))			      \
+    {									      \
+      /* If this is the first time this function is used initialize	      \
+	 the variable we accumulate the value in to some somewhat	      \
+	 random value.  If we'd not do this programs at startup time	      \
+	 might have a reduced set of possible names, at least on slow	      \
+	 machines.  */							      \
+      struct timeval tv;						      \
+      __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);					      \
+      value = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;		      \
+    }									      \
+  HP_TIMING_NOW (Var)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use the widest available unsigned type if uint64_t is not
+   available.  The algorithm below extracts a number less than 62**6
+   (approximately 2**35.725) from uint64_t, so ancient hosts where
+   uintmax_t is only 32 bits lose about 3.725 bits of randomness,
+   which is better than not having mkstemp at all.  */
+#if !defined UINT64_MAX && !defined uint64_t
+# define uint64_t uintmax_t
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static int
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+	       int try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+	plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+	dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+	/* nothing */ ;
+      else
+	dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+	dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+	dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+	{
+	  __set_errno (ENOENT);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+  while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
+    dlen--;			/* remove trailing slashes */
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary filenames.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX").  The name constructed
+   does not exist at the time of the call to __gen_tempname.  TMPL is
+   overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:	simply verify that the name does not exist
+			at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:		create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+			and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_BIGFILE:	same as __GT_FILE but use open64().
+   __GT_DIR:		create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int kind)
+{
+  int len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  static uint64_t value;
+  uint64_t random_time_bits;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  /* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
+     generate.  The maximum total number of temporary file names that
+     can exist for a given template is 62**6.  It should never be
+     necessary to try all these combinations.  Instead if a reasonable
+     number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
+     give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems.  */
+  unsigned int attempts_min = 62 * 62 * 62;
+
+  /* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file.  To
+     conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX.  */
+  unsigned int attempts = attempts_min < TMP_MAX ? TMP_MAX : attempts_min;
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < 6 || strcmp (&tmpl[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - 6];
+
+  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
+#ifdef RANDOM_BITS
+  RANDOM_BITS (random_time_bits);
+#else
+# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY || _LIBC
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+    __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+    random_time_bits = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;
+  }
+# else
+  random_time_bits = time (NULL);
+# endif
+#endif
+  value += random_time_bits ^ __getpid ();
+
+  for (count = 0; count < attempts; value += 7777, ++count)
+    {
+      uint64_t v = value;
+
+      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
+      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
+
+      switch (kind)
+	{
+	case __GT_FILE:
+	  fd = __open (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_BIGFILE:
+	  fd = __open64 (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_DIR:
+	  fd = __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_NOCREATE:
+	  /* This case is backward from the other three.  __gen_tempname
+	     succeeds if __xstat fails because the name does not exist.
+	     Note the continue to bypass the common logic at the bottom
+	     of the loop.  */
+	  if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, tmpl, &st) < 0)
+	    {
+	      if (errno == ENOENT)
+		{
+		  __set_errno (save_errno);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Give up now. */
+		return -1;
+	    }
+	  continue;
+
+	default:
+	  assert (! "invalid KIND in __gen_tempname");
+	}
+
+      if (fd >= 0)
+	{
+	  __set_errno (save_errno);
+	  return fd;
+	}
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}

lib/timevar.c

@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <[email protected]>
+
+This file is part of GCC.
+
+GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if IN_GCC
+
+/* These are the original includes --akim.  */
+#include "config.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "intl.h"
+#include "rtl.h"
+
+#else
+
+/* These are my replacements by hand --akim.
+   There is another change below, flag with IN_GCC.  */
+# include "../src/system.h"
+int time_report = 0;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_CLOCK_T
+typedef int clock_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_TMS
+struct tms
+{
+  clock_t tms_utime;
+  clock_t tms_stime;
+  clock_t tms_cutime;
+  clock_t tms_cstime;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE && !HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE
+extern int getrusage PARAMS ((int, struct rusage *));
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_TIMES && !HAVE_DECL_TIMES
+extern clock_t times PARAMS ((struct tms *));
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_CLOCK && !HAVE_DECL_CLOCK
+extern clock_t clock PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RUSAGE_SELF
+# define RUSAGE_SELF 0
+#endif
+
+/* Calculation of scale factor to convert ticks to microseconds.
+   We mustn't use CLOCKS_PER_SEC except with clock().  */
+#if HAVE_SYSCONF && defined _SC_CLK_TCK
+# define TICKS_PER_SECOND sysconf (_SC_CLK_TCK) /* POSIX 1003.1-1996 */
+#else
+# ifdef CLK_TCK
+#  define TICKS_PER_SECOND CLK_TCK /* POSIX 1003.1-1988; obsolescent */
+# else
+#  ifdef HZ
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND HZ  /* traditional UNIX */
+#  else
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND 100 /* often the correct value */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer times to getrusage to clock (each gives successively less
+   information).  */
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+# define USE_TIMES
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+# define HAVE_WALL_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+# define USE_GETRUSAGE
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CLOCK
+# define USE_CLOCK
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* libc is very likely to have snuck a call to sysconf() into one of
+   the underlying constants, and that can be very slow, so we have to
+   precompute them.  Whose wonderful idea was it to make all those
+   _constants_ variable at run time, anyway?  */
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+static float ticks_to_msec;
+#define TICKS_TO_MSEC (1 / (float)TICKS_PER_SECOND)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+static float clocks_to_msec;
+#define CLOCKS_TO_MSEC (1 / (float)CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+#endif
+
+#if IN_GCC
+#include "flags.h"
+#endif
+#include "timevar.h"
+
+/* See timevar.h for an explanation of timing variables.  */
+
+/* This macro evaluates to non-zero if timing variables are enabled.  */
+#define TIMEVAR_ENABLE (time_report)
+
+/* A timing variable.  */
+
+struct timevar_def
+{
+  /* Elapsed time for this variable.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def elapsed;
+
+  /* If this variable is timed independently of the timing stack,
+     using timevar_start, this contains the start time.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+  /* The name of this timing variable.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable is running as a standalone
+     timer.  */
+  unsigned standalone : 1;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable was ever started or pushed onto
+     the timing stack.  */
+  unsigned used : 1;
+};
+
+/* An element on the timing stack.  Elapsed time is attributed to the
+   topmost timing variable on the stack.  */
+
+struct timevar_stack_def
+{
+  /* The timing variable at this stack level.  */
+  struct timevar_def *timevar;
+
+  /* The next lower timing variable context in the stack.  */
+  struct timevar_stack_def *next;
+};
+
+/* Declared timing variables.  Constructed from the contents of
+   timevar.def.  */
+static struct timevar_def timevars[TIMEVAR_LAST];
+
+/* The top of the timing stack.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *stack;
+
+/* A list of unused (i.e. allocated and subsequently popped)
+   timevar_stack_def instances.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *unused_stack_instances;
+
+/* The time at which the topmost element on the timing stack was
+   pushed.  Time elapsed since then is attributed to the topmost
+   element.  */
+static struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+static void get_time
+  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *));
+static void timevar_accumulate
+  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *, struct timevar_time_def *,
+	   struct timevar_time_def *));
+
+/* Fill the current times into TIME.  The definition of this function
+   also defines any or all of the HAVE_USER_TIME, HAVE_SYS_TIME, and
+   HAVA_WALL_TIME macros.  */
+
+static void
+get_time (now)
+     struct timevar_time_def *now;
+{
+  now->user = 0;
+  now->sys  = 0;
+  now->wall = 0;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  {
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+    struct tms tms;
+    now->wall = times (&tms)   * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->user = (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_cutime) * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->sys  = (tms.tms_stime + tms.tms_cstime) * ticks_to_msec;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_GETRUSAGE
+    struct rusage rusage;
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &rusage);
+    now->user = rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    now->sys  = rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &rusage);
+    now->user += rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    now->sys  += rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+    now->user = clock () * clocks_to_msec;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/* Add the difference between STOP_TIME and START_TIME to TIMER.  */
+
+static void
+timevar_accumulate (timer, start_time, stop_time)
+  struct timevar_time_def *timer;
+  struct timevar_time_def *start_time;
+  struct timevar_time_def *stop_time;
+{
+  timer->user += stop_time->user - start_time->user;
+  timer->sys += stop_time->sys - start_time->sys;
+  timer->wall += stop_time->wall - start_time->wall;
+}
+
+/* Initialize timing variables.  */
+
+void
+init_timevar ()
+{
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Zero all elapsed times.  */
+  memset ((void *) timevars, 0, sizeof (timevars));
+
+  /* Initialize the names of timing variables.  */
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+  timevars[identifier__].name = name__;
+#include "timevar.def"
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+  ticks_to_msec = TICKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+  clocks_to_msec = CLOCKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Push TIMEVAR onto the timing stack.  No further elapsed time is
+   attributed to the previous topmost timing variable on the stack;
+   subsequent elapsed time is attributed to TIMEVAR, until it is
+   popped or another element is pushed on top.
+
+   TIMEVAR cannot be running as a standalone timer.  */
+
+void
+timevar_push (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_stack_def *context;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Can't push a standalone timer.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* See if we have a previously-allocated stack instance.  If so,
+     take it off the list.  If not, malloc a new one.  */
+  if (unused_stack_instances != NULL)
+    {
+      context = unused_stack_instances;
+      unused_stack_instances = unused_stack_instances->next;
+    }
+  else
+    context = (struct timevar_stack_def *)
+      xmalloc (sizeof (struct timevar_stack_def));
+
+  /* Fill it in and put it on the stack.  */
+  context->timevar = tv;
+  context->next = stack;
+  stack = context;
+}
+
+/* Pop the topmost timing variable element off the timing stack.  The
+   popped variable must be TIMEVAR.  Elapsed time since the that
+   element was pushed on, or since it was last exposed on top of the
+   stack when the element above it was popped off, is credited to that
+   timing variable.  */
+
+void
+timevar_pop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+  struct timevar_stack_def *popped = stack;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  if (&timevars[timevar] != stack->timevar)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* Attribute the elapsed time to the element we're popping.  */
+  timevar_accumulate (&popped->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to the
+     element just exposed on the stack.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* Take the item off the stack.  */
+  stack = stack->next;
+
+  /* Don't delete the stack element; instead, add it to the list of
+     unused elements for later use.  */
+  popped->next = unused_stack_instances;
+  unused_stack_instances = popped;
+}
+
+/* Start timing TIMEVAR independently of the timing stack.  Elapsed
+   time until timevar_stop is called for the same timing variable is
+   attributed to TIMEVAR.  */
+
+void
+timevar_start (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Don't allow the same timing variable to be started more than
+     once.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+  tv->standalone = 1;
+
+  get_time (&tv->start_time);
+}
+
+/* Stop timing TIMEVAR.  Time elapsed since timevar_start was called
+   is attributed to it.  */
+
+void
+timevar_stop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* TIMEVAR must have been started via timevar_start.  */
+  if (!tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  get_time (&now);
+  timevar_accumulate (&tv->elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+}
+
+/* Fill the elapsed time for TIMEVAR into ELAPSED.  Returns
+   update-to-date information even if TIMEVAR is currently running.  */
+
+void
+timevar_get (timevar, elapsed)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+     struct timevar_time_def *elapsed;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  *elapsed = tv->elapsed;
+
+  /* Is TIMEVAR currently running as a standalone timer?  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+    }
+  /* Or is TIMEVAR at the top of the timer stack?  */
+  else if (stack->timevar == tv)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Summarize timing variables to FP.  The timing variable TV_TOTAL has
+   a special meaning -- it's considered to be the total elapsed time,
+   for normalizing the others, and is displayed last.  */
+
+void
+timevar_print (fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  /* Only print stuff if we have some sort of time information.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME) || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME)
+  unsigned int /* timevar_id_t */ id;
+  struct timevar_time_def *total = &timevars[TV_TOTAL].elapsed;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Update timing information in case we're calling this from GDB.  */
+
+  if (fp == 0)
+    fp = stderr;
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  fputs (_("\nExecution times (seconds)\n"), fp);
+  for (id = 0; id < (unsigned int) TIMEVAR_LAST; ++id)
+    {
+      struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[(timevar_id_t) id];
+      const float tiny = 5e-3;
+
+      /* Don't print the total execution time here; that goes at the
+	 end.  */
+      if ((timevar_id_t) id == TV_TOTAL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables that were never used.  */
+      if (!tv->used)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables if we're going to get a row of
+         zeroes.  */
+      if (tv->elapsed.user < tiny
+	  && tv->elapsed.sys < tiny
+	  && tv->elapsed.wall < tiny)
+	continue;
+
+      /* The timing variable name.  */
+      fprintf (fp, " %-22s:", tv->name);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+      /* Print user-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) usr",
+	       tv->elapsed.user,
+	       (total->user == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.user / total->user) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_USER_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+      /* Print system-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) sys",
+	       tv->elapsed.sys,
+	       (total->sys == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.sys / total->sys) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+      /* Print wall clock time elapsed.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) wall",
+	       tv->elapsed.wall,
+	       (total->wall == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.wall / total->wall) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_WALL_TIME */
+
+      putc ('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+  /* Print total time.  */
+  fputs (_(" TOTAL                 :"), fp);
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->user);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->sys);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f\n", total->wall);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME)
+	  || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME) */
+}
+
+/* Returns time (user + system) used so far by the compiler process,
+   in microseconds.  */
+
+long
+get_run_time ()
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def total_elapsed;
+  timevar_get (TV_TOTAL, &total_elapsed);
+  return total_elapsed.user + total_elapsed.sys;
+}
+
+/* Prints a message to stderr stating that time elapsed in STR is
+   TOTAL (given in microseconds).  */
+
+void
+print_time (str, total)
+     const char *str;
+     long total;
+{
+  long all_time = get_run_time ();
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   _("time in %s: %ld.%06ld (%ld%%)\n"),
+	   str, total / 1000000, total % 1000000,
+ 	   all_time == 0 ? 0
+ 	   : (long) (((100.0 * (double) total) / (double) all_time) + .5));
+}

lib/timevar.def

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* This file contains the definitions for timing variables used to -*- C -*-
+   measure run-time performance of the compiler.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <[email protected]>
+
+   This file is part of GCC.
+
+   GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains timing variable definitions, used by timevar.h
+   and timevar.c.
+
+   Syntax:
+
+     DEFTIMEVAR (id, name)
+
+   where ID is the enumeral value used to identify the timing
+   variable, and NAME is a character string describing its purpose.  */
+
+/* The total execution time.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_TOTAL                 , "total time")
+
+/* Time spent in the reader.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_READER                , "reader")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SCANNING              , "scanner")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSING               , "parser")
+
+/* Time spent handling the grammar.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REDUCE                , "reducing the grammar")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SETS                  , "computing the sets")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LR0                   , "LR(0)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LALR                  , "LALR(1)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_CONFLICTS             , "conflicts")
+
+/* Time spent outputing results.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REPORT                , "outputing report")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_GRAPH                 , "outputing graph")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_ACTIONS               , "parser action tables")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSER                , "outputing parser")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_M4                    , "running m4")
+
+/* Time spent by freeing the memory :).  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_FREE                  , "freeing")

lib/timevar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <[email protected]>
+
+   This file is part of GCC.
+
+   GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+#define GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+
+/* Timing variables are used to measure elapsed time in various
+   portions of the compiler.  Each measures elapsed user, system, and
+   wall-clock time, as appropriate to and supported by the host
+   system.
+
+   Timing variables are defined using the DEFTIMEVAR macro in
+   timevar.def.  Each has an enumeral identifier, used when referring
+   to the timing variable in code, and a character string name.
+
+   Timing variables can be used in two ways:
+
+     - On the timing stack, using timevar_push and timevar_pop.
+       Timing variables may be pushed onto the stack; elapsed time is
+       attributed to the topmost timing variable on the stack.  When
+       another variable is pushed on, the previous topmost variable is
+       `paused' until the pushed variable is popped back off.
+
+     - As a standalone timer, using timevar_start and timevar_stop.
+       All time elapsed between the two calls is attributed to the
+       variable.  
+*/
+   
+/* This structure stores the various varieties of time that can be
+   measured.  Times are stored in seconds.  The time may be an
+   absolute time or a time difference; in the former case, the time
+   base is undefined, except that the difference between two times
+   produces a valid time difference.  */
+
+struct timevar_time_def
+{
+  /* User time in this process.  */
+  float user;
+
+  /* System time (if applicable for this host platform) in this
+     process.  */
+  float sys;
+
+  /* Wall clock time.  */
+  float wall;
+};
+
+/* An enumeration of timing variable identifiers.  Constructed from
+   the contents of timevar.def.  */
+
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+    identifier__, 
+typedef enum
+{
+#include "timevar.def"
+  TIMEVAR_LAST
+}
+timevar_id_t;
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+extern void init_timevar PARAMS ((void));
+extern void timevar_push PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_pop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_start PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_stop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_get PARAMS ((timevar_id_t, struct timevar_time_def *));
+extern void timevar_print PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Provided for backward compatibility.  */
+extern long get_run_time PARAMS ((void));
+extern void print_time PARAMS ((const char *, long));
+
+#endif /* ! GCC_TIMEVAR_H */